Murali

Interpretation of Statutes – Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Important Questions

Interpretation of Statutes – Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Important Questions

Interpretation of Statutes – Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Important Questions

Question 1.
Discuss in brief the primary rule of literal construction In the Interpretation of a statute. [Dec 2013 (6 Marks)]
Answer:

  1. In construing statutes the cardinal rule is to construe its provisions literally and grammatically giving the words their ordinary and natural meaning. This rule is also known as the plain meaning rule.
  2. According to the primary rule, the words, phrases, and sentences of a statute are to be understood in their natural, ordinary, or popular and grammatical meaning, unless such a construction leads to an absurdity or the statute suggests a different meaning.
  3. The words ‘natural’, ‘ordinary’ and ‘popular’ are used interchangeably. They mean the grammatical or literal meaning, except when there are technical words.
    Some of the other basic principles of literal construction are:
  4. Every word in the law should be given meaning as no word is unnecessarily used.
  5. One should not presume any omissions and if a word is not there in the Statute, it shall not be given any meaning.

The first and most elementary rule of constructions is that the words and phrases of technical legislation are used in their technical meaning if they have acquired one, and otherwise in their ordinary meaning, and the second is that the phrases and sentences are to be construed according to the grammar rule.

If there is nothing to modify, alter or qualify the language which the statute contains, it must be construed in the ordinary and natural meaning of the words and sentences. Nothing is to be added to or taken from a statute unless there are adequate grounds to justify the interference.

Question 2.
Explain the Mischief Rule in the interpretation of statutes. [June 2010 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
The mischief rule of statutory interpretation is the oldest of the rules. The mischief rule is a rule of statutory interpretation that attempts to determine the legislator’s intention. Its main aim is to determine the “mischief and defect” of the statute.

The mischief rule was established in Heydon’s Case in 1584. It was held that the mischief rule should only be applied where there is ambiguity in the statute. Under the mischief rule, the Court’s role is to suppress the mischief and advance the remedy. The Courts while applying the principal tries to find out the real intention behind the enactment. This rule thus assists the court in identifying the proper construction of statutory wording according to the original intention of the legislators.

As per this rule, for the true interpretation of a statute, four things have to be considered:

  • What was the common law before the making of the Act?
  • What was the mischief and defect for which the common law did not provide?
  • What remedy Parliament had resolved and appointed to cure the disease of the Commonwealth?
  • The true reason for the remedy.

The mischief rule directs that the Courts must adopt that construction which “shall suppress the mischief and advance the remedy”. But this does not mean that construction should be adopted which ignores the plain natural meaning of the words or disregard the context and the collection in which they occur. [Umed Singh v. Raj Singh]

In Sodra Devi’s case, the Supreme Court has expressed the view that the rule in Heydon’s case is applicable only when the words in question are ambiguous and are reasonably capable of more than one meaning.

Question 3.
“Heydon’s rule is not always operative in the interpretation of statutes.” Comment. [Dec 2011 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The mischief rule was established in Heydon’s Case in 1584. It was held that the mischief rule should only be applied where there is ambiguity in the statute. Under the mischief rule, the Court’s role is to suppress the mischief and advance the remedy. The Courts while applying the principal tries to find out the real intention behind the enactment. This rule thus assists the court in identifying the proper construction of statutory wording according to the original intention of the legislators.

As per this rule, for the true interpretation of a statute, four things have to be considered:

  • What was the common law before the making of the Act?
  • What was the mischief and defect for which the common law did not provide?
  • What remedy Parliament had resolved and appointed to cure the disease of the Commonwealth?
  • The true reason for the remedy.

Question 4.
Explain the ‘mischief rule’ under the Interpretation of Status. [Dec 2018 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The mischief rule of statutory interpretation is the oldest of the rules. The mischief rule is a rule of statutory interpretation that attempts to determine the legislator’s intention. Its main aim is to determine the “mischief and defect” of the statute.

The mischief rule was established in Heydon’s Case in 1584. It was held that the mischief rule should only be applied where there is ambiguity in the statute. Under the mischief rule, the Court’s role is to suppress the mischief and advance the remedy. The Courts while applying the principal tries to find out the real intention behind the enactment. This rule thus assists the court in identifying the proper construction of statutory wording according to the original intention of the legislators.

As per this rule, for the true interpretation of a statute, four things have to be considered:

  • What was the common law before the making of the Act?
  • What was the mischief and defect for which the common law did not provide?
  • What remedy Parliament had resolved and appointed to cure the disease of the Commonwealth?
  • The true reason for the remedy.

Question 5.
Explain the rule of harmonious construction. [Dec 2009 (4 Marks)]
Answer:

  1. When there is a conflict between two or more provisions of the law they should be followed in such a way that maximum benefit can be obtained and no rule needs to be violated in the process of following another one.
  2. It is a sound rule of interpretation that Courts must try to avoid a conflict between the provisions of the Statute.
  3. A statute must be read as a whole and one provision of the Act should be construed with reference to other provisions in the same Act so as to make a consistent enactment of the whole statute.
  4. It is the duty of the Courts to avoid conflict between two provisions, and whenever it is possible to do so to construe provisions that appear to conflict so that they harmonize.
  5. Where in an enactment, there are two provisions that cannot be reconciled with each other, they should be so interpreted that, if possible, the effect may be given to both. This is what is known as the “rule of harmonious construction”. Such a construction has the merit of avoiding any inconsistency or repugnancy either within a section or between a section and s* other parts of the statute.

Question 6.
Explain the importance of the rule of harmonious construction in the interpretation of a statute with the help of decided case law. [Dec 2014 (4 Marks)]
Answer:

  1. When there is a conflict between two or more provisions of the law they should be followed in such a way that maximum benefit can be obtained and no rule needs to be violated in the process of following another one.
  2. It is a sound rule of interpretation that Courts must try to avoid a conflict between the provisions of the Statute.
  3. A statute must be read as a whole and one provision of the Act should be construed with reference to other provisions in the same Act so as to make a consistent enactment of the whole statute.
  4. It is the duty of the Courts to avoid conflict between two provisions, and whenever it is possible to do so to construe provisions that appear to conflict so that they harmonize.
  5. Where in an enactment, there are two provisions that cannot be reconciled with each other, they should be so interpreted that, if possible, the effect may be given to both. This is what is known as the “rule of harmonious construction”. Such a construction has the merit of avoiding any inconsistency or repugnancy either within a section or between a section and s* other parts of the statute.

In Raj Krushna Bose v. Binod Kanungo And Others, it was held that it is the duty of the Courts to avoid a head-on crash between two sections of the same Act and, whenever it is possible to do so, to construct provisions which appear to conflict so that they harmonize.

Question 7.
Explain the rule of harmonious construction in the interpretation of statutes. [June 2011 (8 Marks)]
Answer:

  1. When there is a conflict between two or more provisions of the law they should be followed in such a way that maximum benefit can be obtained and no rule needs to be violated in the process of following another one.
  2. It is a sound rule of interpretation that Courts must try to avoid a conflict between the provisions of the Statute.
  3. A statute must be read as a whole and one provision of the Act should be construed with reference to other provisions in the same Act so as to make a consistent enactment of the whole statute.
  4. It is the duty of the Courts to avoid conflict between two provisions, and whenever it is possible to do so to construe provisions that appear to conflict so that they harmonize.
  5. Where in an enactment, there are two provisions that cannot be reconciled with each other, they should be so interpreted that, if possible, the effect may be given to both. This is what is known as the “rule of harmonious construction”. Such a construction has the merit of avoiding any inconsistency or repugnancy either within a section or between a section and s* other parts of the statute.

Question 8.
Explain the doctrine of “ut res Magisvaleat quant perfect”. [Dec 2006 (10 Marks)]
Or
Describe the “Rule of Reasonable Construction” under the Interpretation of Statutes. [Dec 2019 (5 Marks)]
Answer:

  1. Utes Magisvaleat Quimper at means that the thing may rather have an effect than be destroyed.
  2. The “ut res Magisvaleat Quampereaf (Rule of Reasonable Construction) implies that a statute must be construed reasonably. A statute or any enacting provision therein must be so construed as to make it effective and operative. The Court must try as far as possible, to keep the statute within the competence of the legislature concerned.
  3. As per this rule, the Court will reject the construction which will defeat the plain intention of the legislature even though there may be inexactitude in the language used.
  4. Preference should be given to such construction which affords consistency and certainty, facilitating the smooth working of the legal system.
  5. As far as possible all the words used in the statute must be given meaning as the legislature is not expected to use unnecessary words. Superfluous or insignificant words are not used by the makers of the statute.

Question 9.
“Rule of Ejusdem Generis is merely a rule of construction to aid the courts to find out the true intention of the legislature.” Explain. [Dec 2010 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Ejusdem Generis means “of the same kind or species”. The rule of ‘Ejusdem generic ‘one of the primary rules for the interpretation of statutes. It is of great help to the Courts, to find out the true intention of the legislature. The rule can be explained as:

When general words follow specific words of a distinct category, the general word may be given a restricted meaning of the same category. The general word takes its meaning from preceding expressions.

Examples:
1. If a law uses the words such as ‘oxen, bulls, goat, cows, buffaloes, horses, etc.’ the word ‘etc.’ cannot include wild animals like lion and tiger. Also, all the domestic animals will not be covered. The illustration given relates to all four-legged animals and hence other domestic animals like dogs, cats can be included but not cock or hen since cock or hen has no similarity with the illustrations of other domestic animals given.

2. If a law refers to automobiles, trucks, tractors, motorcycles, and other motor-powered vehicles, “vehicles” would not include airplanes, since the list was of land-based transportation.

It is merely a rule of construction to aid the Courts to find out the true intention of the Legislature (Jage Ram v. the State of Haryana)

The rule is applicable subject to the following conditions:

  • The statute contains the enumeration of specific words.
  • Members of the enumeration constitute a class.
  • Class is not exhausted by enumeration.
  • General term follows enumeration.
  • There is a distinct genus that comprises more than one species, and
  • There is no clearly manifested intention that the general term is given a broader meaning than the doctrine requires.

The rule is required to be applied with great caution because it implies a departure from a natural meaning of words, in order to give effect to the supposed intention of the legislature.

Question 10.
Explain the rule of Ejusdem Generis with the help of any case decided by the Supreme Court of India. [June 2013 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Ejusdem Generis means “of the same kind or species”. The rule of ‘Ejusdem Generis ‘one of the primary rules for the interpretation of statutes. It is of great help to the Courts, to find out the true intention of the legislature. The rule can be explained as:

When general words follow specific words of a distinct category, the general word may be given a restricted meaning of the same category. The general word takes its meaning from preceding expressions.

Examples:
1. If a law uses the words such as ‘oxen, bulls, goat, cows, buffaloes, horses, etc.’ the word ‘etc.’ cannot include wild animals like lion and tiger. Also, all the domestic animals will not be covered. The illustration given relates to all four-legged animals and hence other domestic animals like dogs, cats can be included but not cock or hen since cock or hen has no similarity with the illustrations of other domestic animals given.

2. If a law refers to automobiles, trucks, tractors, motorcycles, and other motor-powered vehicles, “vehicles” would not include airplanes, since the list was of land-based transportation.

Question 11.
Explain the rule of ‘Ejusdem Generis’ under the Interpretation of the statute. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Ejusdem Generis means “of the same kind or species”. The rule of ‘Ejusdem Generis ‘one of the primary rules for the interpretation of statutes. It is of great help to the Courts, to find out the true intention of the legislature. The rule can be explained as:

When general words follow specific words of a distinct category, the general word may be given a restricted meaning of the same category. The general word takes its meaning from preceding expressions.

Examples:
1. If a law uses the words such as ‘oxen, bulls, goat, cows, buffaloes, horses, etc.’ the word ‘etc.’ cannot include wild animals like lion and tiger. Also, all the domestic animals will not be covered. The illustration given relates to all four-legged animals and hence other domestic animals like dogs, cats can be included but not cock or hen since cock or hen has no similarity with the illustrations of other domestic animals given.

2. If a law refers to automobiles, trucks, tractors, motorcycles, and other motor-powered vehicles, “vehicles” would not include airplanes, since the list was of land-based transportation.

Question 12.
Explain the ‘expression unis est exclusion alters rule of interpretation. [Dec 2002 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The rule ‘expression unis est exclusion Alterius means that the express mention of one thing is the exclusion of the other.

Where things are specifically included in the list and others have been excluded it means that all others have been excluded. However, sometimes a list in a statute is illustrative, not exclusionary. This is usually indicated by a word such as “includes” or “such as”. Thus a statute granting certain rights to “police, fire, and sanitation employees” would be interpreted to exclude other public employees not enumerated from the legislation. This is based on presumed legislative intent and where for some reason this intent cannot be reasonably inferred the Court is free to draw a different conclusion.

The general meaning of “expression of one thing is the exclusion of another” is also known as the negative implication rule. This rule assumes that the legislature intentionally specified one set of criteria as opposed to the other. Therefore, if the issue to be decided addresses an item not specifically named in the statute, it must be assumed the statute does not apply.

Question 13.
Write a short note on: Rule of contemporanea expositio esi optima et fortissima in lege.
Answer:
The maxim means that a contemporaneous exposition is the best and strongest in law.

The maxim contemporanea expositio as laid down by Lord Coke was applied to construing ancient statutes, but usually not applied to interpreting statutes that are comparatively modern. Thus, old statutes should be interpreted as they would have been at the date when they were passed.

Usages and practices developed under a statute are indicative of the meaning ascribed to its words by contemporary opinion and in the case of an ancient statute, such reference to usage and practice is admissible.

Question 14.
Write a short note on Noscitur a Sociis [Dec 2007 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The ‘Noscitur a Sociis’ i.e. “it is known by its associates”. In other words, the meaning of a word should be known from its accompanying or associating words.

A word in a statutory provision is to be read in collocation with its companion words.

The rule states that where two or more words that are susceptible to analogous meaning are coupled together, they are understood in their cognate sense. They take color from each other, the meaning of more general being restricted to less general A word may be known by the company it keeps. Associated words explain and limit each other.

Question 15.
What is the strict Sr. liberal construction of statutes? [June 2003 (8 Marks)]
Answer:
Rule of strict & liberal construction of statutes applied for interpretation of penal and taxing statutes. As per the rule of strict & liberal construction, a statute enacting an offense or imposing a penalty should be strictly construed.

Construction of penal statute:

  1. While constructing a provision in the penal statute if there appears to be a reasonable doubt or ambiguity, it shall be resolved in favor of the person who would be liable to a penalty.
  2. If a penal provision can reasonably be so interpreted as to avoid the pun¬ishment, it must be so construed.
  3. If there can be two reasonable construction of a penal provision, the more lenient should be given effect to.
  4. Unless the words of a statute clearly make an act criminal, it shall not be construed as criminal.
  5. Where certain procedural requirements have been laid down by a statute to be completed, the Court is duty-bound to see that all these requirements have complied with sentencing the accused. In case of any doubt, the benefit has to go to the accused.

Construction of taxing statute:

  1. Statutes imposing taxes or monetary burdens are to be strictly construed. The logic behind this principle is that imposition of taxes is also a kind of imposition of penalty which can be imposed if the language of the statute so says.
  2. A person cannot be taxed unless the language of the statute unambiguously imposes the obligation to pay tax.
  3. If words in taxing enactment are capable of two interpretations, the interpretation which favors the person who sought to be taxed has to be accepted.
  4. A taxing statute has no retrospective operation unless the language un-equivocally makes it so.

Question 16.
What are the internal aids in the interpretation of statutes? [Dec 2001 (8 Marks)]
Answer:
Internal aids mean those materials which are available in the statute j itself, though they may not be part of enactment. These internal aids include long title, preamble, headings, marginal notes, illustrations, punctuation, j proviso, schedule, transitory provisions, etc.

Following are internal aids in the \ interpretation of statutes:
1. Short title: The short title is a nickname of the statute, such as the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, Indian Penal Code, 1860. It identifies an Act but does not describe it. It only provides a facility of reference. The short title is merely for convenience.

2. Long title: The long title of the Act may be referred for ascertaining its general scope and throwing light on its construction. It is a legitimate aid. The long title of the Act is a part of it and is admissible to construction.

3. Preamble: The main objective and purpose of the Act are found in the Preamble of the statute. It contains the recitals showing the reason for the enactment of the Act. If the language of the Act is clear the preamble must be ignored.

Example: The preamble of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 reads: Whereas it is expedient to provide a general Penal Code for India.

4. Marginal Notes: Marginal notes are those notes which are inserted at the side of the sections in an Act and express the effect of the sections. Example: Section 11 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 reads as Who are competent to contract?

Marginal notes appended to the articles of the Constitution have been held to constitute part of the constitution as passed by the Constituent Assembly. Therefore, they have been used for construing articles.

5. Heading & title of a chapter: Headings may be given to a group of sections in an Act. These are generally treated as a preamble to the group of sections. Headings prefixed to sections cannot control the plain words of the provisions. Only in the case of ambiguity or doubt, heading or sub-heading may be referred to as an aid in construing provision.

Example: The heading before Sections 172 to 190 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 reads: “Of the contempt of the lawful authority of public servants” Chapter titles or headings may be referred to as construction of doubtful expressions, but cannot be used to restrict the plain terms of an enactment.

6. Definitions/Interpretation clauses: Statutes contain definitions of certain words and expressions used in an Act. The definition gives the interpretation of certain words or expressions, they may include or exclude something, maybe of a restrictive extensive, ordinary, or special kind. When a word or expression has been defined prima facie, such definition governs that word in the body of an Act everywhere, unless specially excluded.

The object of definitions is to avoid frequent repetitions in describing the subject matter, to which the word or expression so defined is intended to apply. A definition is not to be read in isolation, it must be read in the context of its use. Where the definition itself is ambiguous, it has to be interpreted in the light of other provisions of the Act.

7. Proviso: A clause that is an exception to the main provision is known as a proviso. Thus, the proviso is made when a special case is removed from the general clause and a separate provision is made for it.

The normal function of a proviso is to accept something out of the enactment or to qualify something stated in the enactment which would be within its purview if the proviso were not there.

8. Illustrations or explanations: An illustration is appended to a section with the purpose of illustrating the provision of law explained therein. Example: 16 illustrations [(a) to (p)] have been appended to Section 378 of Indian Penal Code, 1860 which illustrate various aspects of the offense of theft.

Illustrations appended to sections are part of the statute and they help to furnish some indication of the presumable intention of the legislature.

9. Exceptions & saving clauses: The purpose of adding an exception to an enactment is to exempt something which would otherwise fall within the ambit of the main provision.

Example: Five exceptions have been provided under Section 300 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 which deals with those exceptional circumstances when culpable homicide is not murder.

Similarly, a saving clause is generally appended in cases of repeal and re-enactment of the statute. It is normally appended in the repealing statute and its object is that the right already created under the repealed enactment is not disturbed.

10. Schedules: The schedules are attached to the statute to deal with as to how claims or rights under it are to be asserted or as to how powers conferred under it are to be exercised.

Example: The Companies Act, 2013 contains 7 Schedules.

Schedules attached to a statute forms part of it and must be read together with it for all purposes of construction. But expressions in the schedule cannot control or prevail against the express enactment.

11. Punctuations: Commas, semi-colons, full stops, etc. are also important in the interpretation of the statute.

12. Non-Obstante Clause: Nonobstante clause usually starts with the word ‘Notwithstanding anything contained in Nonobstante clause is employed to give overriding effect to certain provisions over some contrary provisions that may be found in the same enactment or some other en¬actments, which is to say to avoid the operations and effect of all contrary provisions.

Question 17.
Briefly mention external aids to interpretation of the statute. [June 2009 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
To find the true intention of the legislature, there exist many rules, principles, and aids in the interpretation of statutes. Apart from the intrinsic aids, such as preamble and purview of the act, the Court, can consider resources outside the Act, called the extrinsic or external aids. Where the words of an Act are clear and unambiguous, no recourse to extrinsic matter, even if it consists of the sources of the codification, is permissible.

Following are external aids used in the interpretation of the Statute:
1. Dictionaries: When a word or expression is not defined in the Act itself, it is permissible to refer to dictionaries to find out the general sense in which that word is understood in common parlance. But courts must be careful because it is not necessary that dictionary meanings of a word may be the true meaning in a particular context.

2. Historical background: The Courts take recourse of such historical facts and surrounding circumstances that existed at the time of passing of the Statutes and as may be necessary to understand the subject matter of the statutes. Like any other external aid, the inferences from historical facts and surrounding circumstances must give way to the clear language employed in the enactment itself.

3. Parliamentary history: The Supreme Court, enunciated the rule of exclusion of parliamentary history as in English Courts, but the court used this aid in resolving questions of construction on many occasions. The court has now changed the view that legislative history within circumspect limits may be consulted by courts in resolving ambiguities.

4. Reference to other statutes: A statute must be read as a whole, as words are to be understood in their context. Extension of this rule or context permits reference to other statutes in pari materia, i.e. statutes dealing with the same subject matter or forming part of the same system.

Viscount Simonds conceived it to be a right and duty to construe every word of a statute in their context and he used the words in their widest sense including “other statutes in pari materia”.

The phrase ‘part material is used in connection with two laws relating to the same subject matter that must be analyzed with each other.

5. Reference to reports of committees: The report of a committee on whose report an enactment is based, can be looked into “so as to see the background against which the legislation was enacted, the fact cannot be ignored that the Parliament may, and often does, decide to do something different to cure the mischief”.

So we should not be unduly influenced by the report. When the parliament has enacted a statute as recommended by the report of a committee and there is ambiguity or uncertainty in any provision of the statute, the court may have regard to the report for ascertaining the intention behind the provision.

6. Use of foreign decisions: Use of foreign decisions of countries following the same system of jurisprudence as of India and rendered on statutes in part material, has been permitted by practice in Indian Courts. The assistance of such decisions is subject to the qualification that prime importance is always to be given to the language of the relevant Indian Statute, the circumstances and the setting in which it is enacted, and the Indian conditions where it is to be applied.

(7) Statement of objects and reasons: The statement of objects and reasons as well as the “Notes on clauses of the Bill” can be made use of in the in¬terpretation of statutes, if the same has been adopted by the Parliament without any changes in enacting the bill.

Question 18.
Explain: Proviso [Dec 2009 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Proviso: A clause that is an exception to the main provision is known as a proviso. Thus, the proviso is made when a special case is removed from the general clause and a separate provision is made for it.

The normal function of a proviso is to accept something out of the enactment or to qualify something stated in the enactment which would be within its purview if the proviso were not there.

Question 19.
Explain the role of ‘Preamble’ as internal aid in the interpretation of the statute. Though the preamble cannot be used to defect the enacting clause of a statute, it has been treated to be a key for the interpretation of the statute. Examine. [Dec 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The main objective and purpose of the Act are found in the Preamble of the statute. It contains the recitals showing the reason for the enactment of the Act. If the language of the Act is clear the preamble must be ignored.

Example: The preamble of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 reads: Whereas it is expedient to provide a general Penal Code for India.

Like the Long Tile, the Preamble of a statute is a part of the enactment and can legitimately be used for construing it. However, the Preamble does not override the plain provision of the Act but if the wording of the statute gives, rise to doubts as to its proper construction, e.g. where the words or phrase has more than one meaning and doubt arises as to which of the two meanings are intended in the Act, the Preamble can and ought to be referred to in order to arrive at the proper construction.

In short, the Preamble to an Act discloses the primary intention of the legislature but can only be brought in as an aid to construction if the language of the statute is not clear. However, it cannot override the provisions of the enactment.

Question 20.
Comment: Parliamentary history as external aid in the interpretation of statutes. [Dec 2012 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The Supreme Court enunciated the rule of exclusion of Parliamentary history in the way it is enunciated by English Courts, but on many occasions, the Court used this aid in resolving questions of construction. The Court has now veered to the view that legislative history within circumspect limits may be consulted by Courts in resolving ambiguities.

It has already been noticed that the Court is entitled to take into account “such external or historical facts as may be necessary to understand the subject- matter of the statute”, or to have regard to “the surrounding circumstances” which existed at the time of passing of the statute. Like any other external aid, the inferences from historical facts and surrounding circumstances must give way to the clear language employed in the enactment itself.

Question 21.
What are the presumptions in the interpretation of statutes when the intention of the legislature is not clear? [June 2012 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Where the meaning of the statute is clear, there is no need for presumptions. But if the intention of the legislature is not clear, there are a number of presumptions.

These are as follows:

  1. Words in a statute are used precisely and not loosely.
  2. Vested rights le. rights which a person possessed at the time the statute was passed, are not taken away without express words, or necessary implication or without compensation.
  3. ”Men’s rea” i.e. guilty mind is required for a criminal act. There is a very strong presumption that a statute creating a criminal offense does not intend to attach liability without a guilty intent. The general rule applicable to criminal cases is “actus non-facit reum nisi men’s sit rea “(The act itself does not constitute guilt unless done with a guilty intent).
  4. The state is not affected by a statute unless it is expressly mentioned as being so affected.
  5. A statute is not intended to be consistent with the principles of International Law. Although the judges cannot declare a statute void as being repugnant to International Law, yet if two possible alternatives present themselves, the judges will choose that which is not at variance with it.
  6. The legislature knows the state of the law.
  7. The legislature does not make any alteration in the existing law unless by express enactment.
  8. The legislature knows the practice of the executive and the judiciary.
  9. Legislature confers powers necessary to carry out duties imposed by it.
  10. The legislature does not make mistakes.
  11. Law compels no man to do that which is futile or fruitless.
  12. The doctrine of natural justice is really a doctrine for the interpretation of statutes, under which the Court will presume that the legislature while granting a drastic power must intend that it should be fairly exercised.

Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Questions and Answers

National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Students should practice National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers based on the latest syllabus.

National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Question 1.
The profession of Company Secretaries is regulated in India by provisions of the___
(A) Companies Act, 2013
(B) Company Secretaries Act, 1988
(C) SEBI Regulations
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 2.
ICSI functions under the jurisdiction of the –
(A) Prime Minister of India
(B) Ministry of Company Affairs
(C) NCLT
(D) Ministry of Corporate Affairs
Answer:
(D) Ministry of Corporate Affairs

Question 3.
Company Secretary is also known as___
(A) Legal Officer
(B) Chief Company Law Officer
(C) Compliance Officer
(D) Ethical Officer
Answer:
(C) Compliance Officer

Question 4.
At present near about persons are the members of ICSI.
(A) 55,000
(B) 1,05,000
(C) 2,02,000
(D) 3,48,000
Answer:
(A) 55,000

Question 5.
The Council of ICAI constitutes of members of whom are elected by the Chartered Accountants and remaining are nominated by the Central Government generally representing the Comptroller and Auditor General of India, Securities and Exchange Board of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Ministry of Finance and other stakeholders.
(A) 20; 12; 4
(B) 40; 32; 8
(C) 30; 20; 6
(D) 50; 38; 9
Answer:
(B) 40; 32; 8

Question 6.
Institute of Cost Accountants of India was established on –
(A) 10th May, 1960
(B) 28th May, 1960
(C) 28th May, 1959
(D) 10th May, 1959
Answer:
(C) 28th May, 1959

Question 7.
Objective of the Institute of Cost Accountants of India is –
(A) To promote and develop the adop¬tion of scientific methods in cost and management accountancy.
(B) To compete with the Chartered Accountants.
(C) To Implement the IFRS in India.
(D) To develop high-quality public sector financial reporting stan-dards.
Answer:
(A) To promote and develop the adop¬tion of scientific methods in cost and management accountancy.

Question 8.
Member of which organization can be appointed as statutory auditor of a company under the Companies Act, 2013.
(A) Member of ICSI
(B) Member of ICAI
(C) Member of ICWAI
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(B) Member of ICAI

Question 9.
IFRS Foundation is a responsible for developing a single set of high-quality global accounting standards, known as IFRS Standards.
(A) Not-for-profit organization
(B) Statutory organization
(C) Nominee organization
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Not-for-profit organization

Question 10.
The IFRS Foundation has a governance structure
(A) Three-tier
(B) Two-tier
(C) Four-tier
(D) Five-tier
Answer:
(A) Three-tier

Question 11.
Financial Reporting Council (UK) is a:
(A) Company limited by guarantee
(B) Unlimited company
(C) Subsidiary company of IFRS
(D) Associate company of the Insti-tute of Chartered Accounts of England
Answer:
(A) Company limited by guarantee

Question 12.
The Financial Reporting Council (UK) board is supported by three committees, namely:
(A) Presidents Committee; Profes-sional Committee; Implementa-tion Committee
(B) Core Standards Committee; Conduct Committee; Standby Committee
(C) Official Committee; Subsidiary Committee; Professional Com-mittee
(D) Codes & Standards Committee; Executive Committee; Conduct Committee
Answer:
(D) Codes & Standards Committee; Executive Committee; Conduct Committee

Question 13.
Approval of exposure drafts, re-exposure drafts, and IPSASs are made by the affirmative vote of at least of the International Public Sector Accounting Standards Board (IPSASB) members.
(A) one-third
(B) two-thirds
(C) one-half
(D) three-fourth
Answer:
(B) two-thirds

Question 14.
The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) is a private association established in –
(A) 1901
(B) 2001
(C) 1991
(D) 2011
Answer:
(B) 2001

Question 15.
Professional Oversight Board (POB) is a:
(A) Accountancy & Actuarial Discipline Board of UK
(B) Australian regulatory body
(C) UK regulatory body
(D) Canadian accounting body
Answer:
(C) UK regulatory body

Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process, Liquidation & Winding-up: An Overview

Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process, Liquidation & Winding-up: An Overview – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process, Liquidation & Winding-up: An Overview – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Question 1.
Distinguish between: Insolvency & Bankruptcy.
Answer:
Following are the main points of difference between insolvency and bankruptcy:

Points Insolvency Bankruptcy
Meaning When an individual, corporation, or other organization cannot meet its financial obligations for paying debts as they are due it is called insolvency. Bankruptcy occurs when Tribunal has determined insolvency, and given legal orders for it to be resolved.
Situation Insolvency describes a situation where the debtor is unable to meet his obligations. Bankruptcy is a legal scheme in which an insolvent debtor seeks relief.
Solvency If Insolvency is resolved it leads to Solvency State which is positive If Insolvency is not resolved it leads to bankruptcy in the case of individual and liquidation in the case of corporates
State or Conclusion Insolvency is a state Bankruptcy is conclusion

Question 2.
Write a short note on Insolvency Professional
Answer:
Insolvency Professional [Section 3(19)]: Insolvency professional means a person enrolled u/s 206 with an insolvency professional agency as its member and registered with the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI) as an insolvency professional u/s 207.

Work of Insolvency & Bankruptcy: The Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 envisages a very big role for insolvency professionals. It is envisaged that most of the work relating to insolvency and bankruptcy will be handled by insolvency professionals.

Person: Since the word used is ‘person’, thus insolvency professional can I be only an individual, LLP, partnership firm, or a company.

Code of Conduct: The insolvency professional should follow the code of conduct as specified in Section 208(2) and in First Schedule to the IBBI (Insolvency Professional) Regulation, 2016.

Disciplinary Action: Disciplinary action against insolvency professional agency and insolvency professional can be initiated by the IBBI as per I provisions of sections 217 to 220 of the Code.

Question 3.
To which Corporate Debtors provisions relating to insolvency resolution and liquidation as contained in PART II of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 applies.
Answer:
PART II (Sections 4 to 77) of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 deals with insolvency resolution and liquidation for corporate persons. Application [Section 4]: Part II shall apply to matters relating to the insolvency and liquidation of corporate debtors where the minimum amount I of the default is Rs 100 lakh.

Question 4.
Who may initiate the corporate insolvency resolution process under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016?
Answer:
Persons who may initiate corporate insolvency resolution process [Section 6]: Where any corporate debtor commits a default, they may initiate corporate insolvency resolution process in respect of such corporate debtor.

  • Financial Creditor
  • Operational Creditor
  • Corporate Debtor itself

Question 5.
Who shall not be entitled to make an application to initiate the corporate insolvency resolution process under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016?
Answer:
Persons not entitled to make application [Section 11]: Following persons shall not be entitled to make an application to initiate corporate insolvency resolution process, namely:

  1. A corporate debtor undergoing a corporate insolvency resolution process.
  2. A corporate debtor having completed the corporate insolvency resolution process 12 months preceding the date of making of the application.
  3. A corporate debtor or a financial creditor who has violated any of the terms of resolution plan which was approved 12 months before the date of making of an application.
  4. A corporate debtor in respect of whom a liquidation order has been made.

Question 6.
What is the time limit for completion of the corporate insolvency process under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016?
Answer:
Time-limit for completion of insolvency resolution process [Section 12]:
1. The corporate insolvency resolution process shall be completed within a period of 180 days from the date of admission of the application to initiate such a process.

2. The resolution professional shall file an application to the Adjudicating Authority to extend the period of the corporate insolvency resolution process beyond 180 days if instructed to do so by a resolution passed | at a meeting of the committee of creditors by a vote of 6696 of the voting shares.

3. On receipt of an application, if the Adjudicating Authority is satisfied that the subject matter of the case is such that the corporate insolvency resolution process cannot be completed within one hundred and eighty days, it may by order extend the duration of such process beyond one hundred and eighty days by such further period as it thinks fit, but not exceeding 90 days.

However, any extension of the period of the corporate insolvency resolution process under this section shall not be granted more than once.

Question 7.
Referring to the provisions of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016, answer the following:
1. Who appoints the interim resolution professional in a corporate insolvency resolution process?
Answer:
Appointment and tenure of the interim resolution professional [Section 16]:
The Adjudicating Authority shall appoint an interim resolution professional within 14 days from the insolvency commencement date.

2. What is the time limit for such an appointment?
Answer:
Where the application for corporate insolvency resolution process is made by a financial creditor or the corporate debtor, the resolution professional, as proposed respectively, shall be appointed as the interim resolution professional, if no disciplinary proceedings are pending against him.

3. What are the conditions in relation to such an appointment?
Answer:
Where the application for corporate insolvency resolution process is made by an operational creditor and –
(a) no proposal for an interim resolution professional is made, the Adjudicating Authority shall make a reference to the Board for the recommendation of an insolvency professional who may act as an interim resolution professional;

(b) a proposal for an interim resolution professional is made u/s 9(4), the resolution professional as proposed, shall be appointed as the interim resolution professional if no disciplinary proceedings are pending against him.

4. For what term interim resolution professional is appointed?
Answer:
The Board shall, within 10 days of the receipt of a reference from the Adjudicating Authority, recommend the name of an insolvency professional to the Adjudicating Authority against whom no disciplinary proceedings are pending.

The term of the interim resolution professional shall continue till the date of appointment of resolution professional u/s 22.

Question 8.
XYZ Ltd. was incorporated in the year 2015 in the State of Maharashtra. The Company was incorporated by a joint venture between QPR Ltd. & RSP Ltd. to manufacture five thousand electric cars in India. On completion of the venture the company intends to initiate a voluntary liquidation process under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016. The company has some debts but no such debt comes under the ‘default debt’ category. As a practicing professional in insolvency work, you are required to state the procedure to be followed such voluntary liquidation under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016.
Answer:
A corporate person who intends to liquidate itself voluntarily and has not committed any default may initiate voluntary liquidation.

Below is the brief procedure of voluntary liquidation of a corporate person under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016:

Step 1: Submission of declaration to ROC, stating that the company is able to pay its dues and is not being liquidated to default in debt.

Step 2: Pass special resolution for approving the proposal of voluntary liquidation and appointment of a liquidator, within 4 weeks of the aforesaid declaration. If a corporate person owes debts, approval of creditors having a 2/3rd majority would also be required.

Step 3: Public announcement inviting claims of all stakeholders, within 5 days of such approval, in the newspaper as well as on the website of the corporate person.

Step 4: Intimation to the ROC and the Board about the Approval, within 7 days of such Approval.

Step 5: Preparation of preliminary report about the capital structure, estimates of assets and liabilities, proposed plan of action, etc., and submission of the same to a corporate person within 45 days of such Approval.

Step 6: Verification of claims, within 30 days from the last date for receipt of claims and preparation of a list of stakeholders, within 45 days from the last date for receipt of claims.

Step 7: Opening of a bank account in the name of the corporate person followed by the words ‘involuntary liquidation’, in a scheduled bank, for the receipt of all money due to the corporate person.

Step 8: Sale of assets, recovery of monies due to corporate person, the realization of uncalled capital or unpaid capital contribution.

Step 9: Distribution of the proceeds from realization within 6 months from the receipt of the amount to the stakeholders.

Step 10: Submission of the final report by the liquidator to the corporate person, ROC, and the Board and application to the National Company Law

Step 11: Submission of NCLT order regarding the dissolution, to the concerned ROC within 14 days of the receipt of order.

Question 9.
RKG Infrastructure Ltd. was incurring continuous losses and its financial position went from bad to worse. Now’, the Company is undergoing a corporate resolution process. Dinesh who is one of the senior employees of the company has not been paid his salary for 3 months amounting to ₹ 4,50,000. He files an application for initiating the corporate insolvency resolution process with an Adjudicating Authority. Analyze and state whether Dinesh is entitled to make an application to initiate the corporate insolvency resolution process. [Dec. 2018 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Facts of Case: RKG Infrastructure Ltd. was incurring continuous losses and its financial position went from bad to worse. Now, the Company is undergoing a corporate resolution process. Dinesh who is one of the senior employees of the company has not been paid his salary for 3 months amounting to ₹ 4,50,000. He files an application for initiating corporate insolvency resolution process with an Adjudicating Authority Provision: As per Section 4 of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016, if the corporate debt is more than RslOO lakh corporate insolvency resolution and liquidation process can be initiated.

As per Section 6, where any corporate debtor commits a default, a Financial Creditor, an Operational Creditor, or the Corporate Debtor itself may initiate the corporate insolvency resolution process in respect of such a corporate debtor.

As per section 5(20), an operational creditor includes a person to whom an operational debt is owed. As per section 5(21), operational debt includes means of a claim in respect of employment.

Conclusion: Thus, an employee of the company to whom a salary of more than Rs 100 lakh is due can initiate corporate insolvency process being an operational creditor of the company under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 and therefore senior employee whose salary of Rs 4,50,000 is pending cannot alone file application of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process.

Question 10.
Time-limit an extension of the period in Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016. Comment. [June 2019 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Time-limit for completion of insolvency resolution process [Section 12]:
1. The corporate insolvency resolution process shall be completed within a period of one hundred and eighty days from the date of admission of the application to initiate such a process.

2. The resolution professional shall file an application to the Adjudicating Authority to extend the period of the corporate insolvency resolution process beyond one hundred and eighty days if instructed to do so by a resolution passed at a meeting of the committee of creditors by a vote of 66% of the voting shares.

3. On receipt of an application, if the Adjudicating Authority is satisfied that the subject matter of the case is such that the corporate insolvency resolution process cannot be completed within one hundred and eighty days, it may by order extend the duration of such process beyond one hundred and eighty days by such further period as it thinks fit, but not exceeding ninety days.

However, any extension of the period of the corporate insolvency resolution process under this section shall not be granted more than once.

4. It shall mandatorily be completed within a period of three hundred and thirty days from the insolvency commencement date including any extension of the period of CIRP granted under section 12 and the time taken in legal proceedings in relation to such resolution process of the corporate debtor.

Question 11.
Elaborate ‘Waterfall Arrangement’ under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016. [June 2019 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Waterfall arrangement or waterfall payment scheme describes the order in which creditors are paid. In a debt context, it is used to describe the sonority of debt liabilities.

Section 53 of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 provides for the manner of distribution of assets in case of liquidation and order of priority of distribution. This order of priority is also known as the “waterfall arrangement” since each category of persons comes in priority after the previous one.

Distribution of assets [Section 53]: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any law enacted by the Parliament or any State Legislature for the time being in force, the proceeds from the sale of the liquidation assets shall be distributed in the following order of priority and within such period and in such manner as may be specified, namely:
1. The insolvency resolution process costs and the liquidation costs paid in full.

2. The following debts which shall rank equally between and among the following:
(a) Workmen’s dues for the period of 24 months preceding the liquidation commencement date, and
(b) Debts owed to a secured creditor in the event such secured creditor has relinquished security in the manner set out in section 52.

3. Wages and any unpaid dues owed to employees other than workmen for the period of 12 months preceding the liquidation commencement date.

3. Financial debts owed to unsecured creditors.

5. The following dues shall rank equally between and among the following:
(a) any amount due to .the Central Government and the State Government including the amount to be received on account of the Consolidated Fund of India and the Consolidated Fund of a State, if any, in respect of the whole or any part of the period of two years preceding the liquidation commencement date;

(b) debts owed to a secured creditor for any amount unpaid following the enforcement of security interest.

6. Any remaining debts and dues.

7. Preference shareholders, if any; and

8. Equity shareholders or partners, as the case may be.
Any contractual arrangements between recipients with equal ranking, if disrupting the order of priority shall be disregarded by the liquidator.

The fees payable to the liquidator shall be deducted proportionately from the proceeds payable to each class of recipients and the proceeds to the relevant recipient shall be distributed after such deduction.

Question 12.
Yogendra is an allottee of a flat in a real estate project promoted by the company, but he has not been delivered flat as per the Agreement. He has approached you to know, whether he can make an application under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, and in what status he can make an application. Also, brief the timelines for the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process. [Dec. 2019 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Facts of Case: Yogendra is an allottee of a flat in a real estate project promoted by the company, but he has not been delivered flat as per the Agreement. He has approached you to know, whether he can make an application under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, and in what status he can make an application.

Provision: As per Section 5(7) of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016, a financial creditor means any person to whom a financial debt is owed and includes a person to whom such debt has been legally assigned or transferred.

As per Section 5(8)(/), financial debt includes any amount raised under the transaction, including any forward sale or purchase agreement, having the commercial effect of a borrowing.

Explanation to Section 5(8) clarifies that any amount raised from an allottee under a real estate project shall be deemed to be an amount having the commercial effect of a borrowing.

Conclusion: Thus, Yogendra being an allottee of a flat in a real estate project can make an application under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 in the status of ‘financial creditor’.

Question 13.
ABC Ltd. has initiated insolvency proceedings against RS Ltd., for recovery of debt of ₹ 2.86 crores. ABC Ltd. intends to appoint Rahul, one of the employees of its statutory auditors, M/s ASA & Associates, Chartered Accountants, as its resolution professional. In the light of the statutory provisions, examine whether Rahul can be appointed as a resolution professional. [Dec. 2019 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Facts of the case: ABC Ltd., has initiated insolvency proceedings against RS Ltd., for recovery of debt of ₹ 2.86 crores. ABC Ltd. intends to appoint Rahul, one of the employees of its statutory auditors, M/s ASA & Associates, Chartered Accountants, as its resolution professional

Provision: Resolution Professional [Section 5(27)]: Resolution professional means an insolvency professional appointed to conduct the corporate insolvency resolution process and includes an interim resolution professional.

Eligibility of criteria for appointing a person as insolvency professional is specified in Regulation 3 of the IBBI (Insolvency Resolution Process for Corporate Person) Regulations, 2016.

He should not be a related party or employee. He shall fulfill the criteria for appointment as an independent director. He should make a disclosure as specified in the Code of Conduct.

Conclusion: Keeping in view of the above provisions Rahul being an employee of ABC Ltd. cannot be appointed as the resolution professional.

Question 14.
Describe the procedure mentioned under Section 53 of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016 for distribution of assets in case of liquidation. [Dec. 2019 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Waterfall arrangement or waterfall payment scheme describes the order in which creditors are paid. In a debt context, it is used to describe the sonority of debt liabilities.

Section 53 of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 provides for the manner of distribution of assets in case of liquidation and order of priority of distribution. This order of priority is also known as the “waterfall arrangement” since each category of persons comes in priority after the previous one.

Distribution of assets [Section 53]: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any law enacted by the Parliament or any State Legislature for the time being in force, the proceeds from the sale of the liquidation assets shall be distributed in the following order of priority and within such period and in such manner as may be specified, namely:
1. The insolvency resolution process costs and the liquidation costs paid in full.

2. The following debts which shall rank equally between and among the following –
(a) Workmen’s dues for the period of 24 months preceding the liquidation commencement date, and
(b) Debts owed to a secured creditor in the event such secured creditor has relinquished security in the manner set out in section 52.

3. Wages and any unpaid dues owed to employees other than workmen for the period of 12 months preceding the liquidation commencement date.

4. Financial debts owed to unsecured creditors.

5. The following dues shall rank equally between and among the following:
(a) any amount due to .the Central Government and the State Government including the amount to be received on account of the Consolidated Fund of India and the Consolidated Fund of a State, if any, in respect of the whole or any part of the period of two years preceding the liquidation commencement date;

(b) debts owed to a secured creditor for any amount unpaid following the enforcement of security interest.

6. Any remaining debts and dues.

7. Preference shareholders, if any; and

8. Equity shareholders or partners, as the case may be.
Any contractual arrangements between recipients with equal ranking, if disrupting the order of priority shall be disregarded by the liquidator.

The fees payable to the liquidator shall be deducted proportionately from the proceeds payable to each class of recipients and the proceeds to the relevant recipient shall be distributed after such deduction.

Question 15.
National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) has passed an order for the Commencement of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) of Dora Travels Ltd., one of its directors has approached you to know the effects of “Moratorium” upon the commencement of CIRP. [Dec. 2019 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
On commencement of the CIRP, the adjudicating authority passes an order declaring moratorium for prohibiting all of the following by virtue of section 14 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016:
(a) Institution of suits or continuation of pending suits or proceedings against the corporate debtor including execution of any judgment, decree, or order in any court of law, tribunal, arbitration panel, or other authority.

(b) Transferring, encumbering, alienating, or disposing of by the corporate debtor any of its assets or any legal right or beneficial interest therein.

(c) Any action to foreclose, recover or enforce any security interest created by the corporate debtor in respect of its property including any action under SARFAESI Act, 2002.

(d) The recovery of any property by an owner or lessor where such property is occupied by or in the possession of the corporate debtor.

The order of moratorium shall have effect from the date of order till the completion of CIRP or date of approval of resolution plan or order of liquidation as the case may be.

Question 16.
Write a short note on Modes of winding-up. [June 2009 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Meaning of Winding up: Winding up is the process of closing down the legal existence of a company or LLP. During this process, the assets of the entity are realized, its liabilities are paid off and any surplus is distributed amongst the contributors.

Company Act, 2013: Winding up is not defined in Companies Act, 2013
Under the Companies Act, 2013, the company may be wound up by any of the following modes:

  • By the NCLT Le. compulsory winding-up
  • Voluntary winding-up-Voluntary winding up is dealt with in Section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016
  • Winding-up by the Central Government under summary procedure.

Section 271 of Companies Act, 2013 deals with winding up by Tribunal, and Section 272 of Companies Act, 2013 deals with who can file an application for winding up.

Question 17.
Distinguish between: Winding-up and Insolvency. [June 2010 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between winding-up and insolvency:

Points Winding-up Insolvency
Meaning Winding-up is a proceeding by means of which a company is dissolved and in the course of such dissolution its assets are collected, its debts are paid off out of the assets or from contributions by its members. If the surplus is still left, it is distributed among the members. Insolvency is the inability of a debtor to pay debts as they fall due. A person is said to be insolvent when his liabilities exceed his assets and against whom Tribunal makes an order of adjudication.
Law The law relating to winding-up is contained in the Companies Act, 2013 and Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 The law relating to insolvency in India is contained in the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016.
When A company can be wound-up even if is Ímnanciallv sound e.g. voluntary winding-up. A person can be adjudged insolvent only when he is unable to pay his liabilities.
Effect of proceedings After completion of winding-up proceedings, the company is dissolved. After completion of insolvency proceedings, the insolvent person is discharged from all his liabilities.

Question 18.
Who can present the petition for winding-up? [Dec. 2011 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Petition for winding-up [Section 272(1)]: An application for the wind- ) ing-up of a company can be presented by following:

  • Company itself.
  • Any creditor or creditors, including any contingent or prospective creditor or creditors.
  • Any contributory or Contributories.
  • Any combination of company, creditors, or Contributories.
  • Registrar of companies.
  • Any person authorized by the Central Government.
  • Central or State Government.

Question 19.
The terms ‘Winding-up’ and ‘Dissolution’ can be used interchangeably to denote cessation of the existence of a legal entity. [June 2019 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
The entire procedure for bringing about a lawful end to the life of a company is divided into two stages: ‘winding-up’ and ‘dissolution’. Wind-ing-up is the first stage in the process whereby assets are realized, liabilities are paid off and the surplus, if any, distributed among its members. Dissolution is the final stage whereby the existence of the company is withdrawn by the law.

Following are the main points of distinction between winding-up and dissolution:

Points Winding-up Dissolution
Meaning Winding-up is a proceeding by means of which a company is dissolved and in the course of such dissolution its assets are collected, its debts are paid off out of the assets or from contributions by its members. If the surplus is still left, it is distributed among the members. Dissolution brings an end to the company’s legal existence.
Stage Winding-up precedes the dissolution. In other words, first, winding-up of state of affairs occurs and after winding-up and all other proceedings, the company is dissolved. Dissolution is the final stage that leads to the corporate death of the company.
Effect In winding-up, the assets are realized and liabilities are paid but, the corporate status of the company continues. After dissolution, the corporate status of the company does not continue.
Liquidator The liquidator can present the company in winding-up proceedings. Once the order of dissolution is made, the liquidator cannot represent the company.
Proceedings Any person can proceed against the company which is being wound up. No proceedings can be started against the company which has been dissolved.
Order of Court Winding-up proceedings can be started without the intervention of the Court. Order of Court is essential for the dissolution of the company.

Question 20.
Yuvan Infra Ltd. is continuously making losses and the Directors of the Company are planning to voluntarily wind up the Company. As a Company Secretary advise on conditions and also advise them briefly on procedures for voluntary liquidation. [Dec. 2019 (5 Marks each)]
Answer:
Section 59(3) of the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code prescribes the following conditions for voluntary liquidation.
1. A declaration by the majority of the directors of the company (in an affidavit) stating that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs of the company and formed an opinion that either the company has no debt or it will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of assets to be sold in the voluntary liquidation.

2. Company is not being liquidated to defraud any person. The brief procedure of voluntary liquidation of a corporate person under IBC includes:

  1. Submission of declaration that the company will be able to pay its dues and ¡s not being liquidated to defraud any person to ROC
  2. Passing special resolution for approving the proposal of voluntary liquidation and appointment of liquidator
  3. Public announcement inviting claims of all stakeholders
  4. Intimation to the ROC and the Board about the approval
  5. Preparation of preliminary report about the capital structure, estimates of assets and liabilities, proposed plan of action
  6. Verification of claims
  7. Opening of a bank account in the name of the corporate person followed by the words ‘involuntary liquidation’ in a scheduled bank
  8. Sale of assets, recovery of monies due to corporate person, the realization of uncalled capital or unpaid capital contribution
  9. Distribution of the proceeds from realization
  10. Submission of the final report by the liquidator to the corporate per-son, ROC, and the Board and application to the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT)
  11. Submission of NCLT order regarding the dissolution.

Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Questions and Answers

Civil Procedure Code, 1908 – Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Important Questions

Civil Procedure Code, 1908 – Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Important Questions

Civil Procedure Code, 1908 – Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Important Questions

Question 1.
Distinguish between: Decree & Order [Dec 2011 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between decree and order:

Points Decree Order
When passed A decree can only be passed in a suit originated by the presentation of a plaint. Order can be passed in a suit originated by the presentation of a plaint, application, or petition.
Determination of a right A decree contains the conclusive determination of a right. The order may or may not finally determine a right.
Preliminary / Final The decree may be final, preliminary, or partly preliminary partly final. Order cannot be a preliminary order.
Number In general, there can only be one decree or at the most one preliminary and one final decree in a suit. There can be any number of orders in a suit.
Appeal Every decree is appealable unless an appeal is expressly barred. Only those orders which are specified as appealable in the code are appealable.
Second appeal A second appeal may lie against a decree to a High Court on certain grounds. There is no second appeal for orders.

Question 2.
Explain the Cause of actions under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908. [June 2012 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Cause of action means every fact that it would be necessary for the plaintiff to prove in order to support his right to the judgment of the Court. It means all the essential facts constituting the rights and their infringement.

It means every fact which will be necessary for the plaintiff to prove if traversed in order to support his right to the judgment.

Question 3.
Distinguish between: ‘Decree’ and ‘order’. [June 2014 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between decree and order:

Points Decree Order
When passed A decree can only be passed in a suit originated by the presentation of a plaint. Order can be passed in a suit originated by the presentation of a plaint, application, or petition.
Determination of a right A decree contains the conclusive determination of a right. The order may or may not finally determine a right.
Preliminary / Final The decree may be final, preliminary, or partly preliminary partly final. Order cannot be a preliminary order.
Number In general, there can only be one decree or at the most one preliminary and one final decree in a suit. There can be any number of orders in a suit.
Appeal Every decree is appealable unless an appeal is expressly barred. Only those orders which are specified as appealable in the code are appealable.
Second appeal A second appeal may lie against a decree to a High Court on certain grounds. There is no second appeal for orders.

Question 4.
A suit was instituted by the Plaintiff Company alleging infringement by the Defendant Company for using the trade name of the medicine and selling the same in wrapper and carton of identical designs with the same color combination, etc., as that of Plaintiff Company. A subsequent suit was instituted in a different Court by the Defendant Company against the Plaintiff Company with similar allegations. In such a situation, advise the Plaintiff Company on the procedure adopted by the Courts. [Dec 2009 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, if the suit is pending in one Court then another Court cannot take such suit in which matter is the same. The doctrine of res sub-judice is applicable in this case.

In the given case, the parties are the same in both suits, and the subject matter of both suits is also the same, the second suit would be barred by the application of the principle of res sub judice as per Section 10.

Question 5.
A suit was instituted by the Plaintiff Company alleging infringement by the
Defendant Company for using the trade name of the medicine and selling the same in wrapper and carton of identical designs with the same color combination, etc., as that of Plaintiff Company. A subsequent suit was instituted in a different Court by the Defendant Company against the Plaintiff Company with similar allegations. In such a situation, advise the Plaintiff Company on the procedure adopted by the Courts. [Dec 2012 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, if the suit is pending in one Court then another Court cannot take such suit in which matter is the same. The doctrine of res sub-judice is applicable in this case.

In the given case, the parties are the same in both suits, and the subject matter of both suits is also the same, the second suit would be barred by application of the principal of res sub judice as per Section 10.

Question 6.
A suit was instituted by the plaintiff company alleging infringement by the defendant company by using the name of the medicine and selling the same in wrapper and carton of identical design with the same color combination, etc., as that of the plaintiff company. A subsequent suit was instituted in a different court by the defendant company against the plaintiff company with the same allegations. Can the decision be given by both the courts in the respective suits? [Dec 2014(6 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, if the suit is pending in one Court then another Court cannot take such suit in which matter is the same. The doctrine of res sub-judice is applicable in this case.

In the given case, the parties are the same in both suits, and the subject matter of both suits is also the same, the second suit would be barred by the application of the principal of res sub judice as per Section 10.

Question 7.
Discuss the doctrine of ‘Res Sub Judice’ under Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908. [Dec 2018 (5 Marks)]
Answer:

  1. If the suit is pending before one court then another court can’t make the suit in which the matter and parties are the same.
  2. Conditions for applying the doctrine of res sub-judice:
    1. Two suits filed with the court at different times
    2. Matter in issue is directly and substantially in the former issue.
    3. Earlier suit is pending before court (not before the foreign court)
    4. Parties to the suits are the same
  3. The objective of this doctrine is to avoid multiplicity of proceedings and to avoid contradictory judgment.

Question 8.
Discuss the doctrine of res judicata under section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908. [Dec 2009 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Res judicata [Section 11]: No Court shall try any suit or issue in which j the matter directly and substantially in issue has been directly and substantially | in issue in a former suit between the same parties, in a Court competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised, and has been heard and finally decided by such Court.

In simple words, once a matter is finally decided by a competent Court, no party y can be permitted to reopen it in subsequent litigation.

Essential conditions of res judicata:

  • The matter must be directly and substantially in issue in two suits.
  • The prior suit should be between the same parties.
  • Parties should have litigated under the same title.
  • The court determined the earlier suit must be competent to try the 1 latter suit.
  • The same question is directly and substantially in issue in the latter suit.

Question 9.
Anil was a trustee of a trust. After Anil’s death, Brij wrongfully takes possession of the trust property. Chandan, the son of Anil files a suit for recovery of possession of the property against Brij as the legal heir of Anil in his individual capacity. But Chandan did not succeed. Then Chandan files another suit for recovery of trust property against Brij in the capacity of the trustee as he was appointed as trustee after the death of Anil. Whether the second suit is barred by the doctrine of constructive res judicata? Explain. [June 2010(6 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Explanation IV to Section 11, any matter which might and ought to have been made the ground of defense or attack in such former suit shall be | deemed to have been a matter directly and substantially in issue in such suit. The doctrine of constructive Res Judicata prevents further suits from being filed for a matter that is at the core of a former suit. In this case, the two suits are filed by Chandan in two different capacities. Hence, the second suit is not barred.

Question 10.
Define res judicata and state the conditions of Sts application. [June 2011 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Res judicata [Section 11]: No Court shall try any suit or issue in which j the matter directly and substantially in issue has been directly and substantially | in issue in a former suit between the same parties, in a Court competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised, and has been heard and finally decided by such Court.

In simple words, once a matter is finally decided by a competent Court, no party y can be permitted to reopen it in subsequent litigation.

Essential conditions of res judicata:

  • The matter must be directly and substantially in issue in two suits.
  • The prior suit should be between the same parties.
  • Parties should have litigated under the same title.
  • The court determined the earlier suit must be competent to try the 1 latter suit.
  • The same question is directly and substantially in issue in the latter suit.

Question 11.
Distinguish between: ‘Doctrine of res sub juice and ‘doctrine of Resjudicata’. [Dec 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between res sub-judice and res judicata:

Points Res sub-judice Res judicata
When applies Res sub-judice applies to matter pending trial. Res judicata applies to a matter adjudicated upon.
Bar Res sub-judice bars the trial of a suit of the pending suit. Res judicata bars the trial of a suit or an issue that has been decided in a former suit.
Section Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 incorporates this rule. Section 11 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 incorporates this rule.

Question 12.
Explain the difference if any, between ‘Res Judicata’ and ‘Res Sub-Judice’. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between res sub-judice and res judicata:

Points Res sub-judice Res judicata
When applies Res sub-judice applies to matter pending trial. Res judicata applies to a matter adjudicated upon.
Bar Res sub-judice bars the trial of a suit of the pending suit. Res judicata bars the trial of a suit or an issue that has been decided in a former suit.
Section Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 incorporates this rule. Section 11 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 incorporates this rule.

Question 13.
A transport company has its head office in Delhi and branch offices at Chennai, Jaipur, and Mumbai. A dispute cropped up between Sam and the company in respect of a transaction made through the Chennai office. Sam files a suit in respect of this dispute against the company in a Court at Jaipur. How will the Court decide?
Or
A transport company has its head office in Kolkata and branch offices at Allahabad, Lucknow, and Puri. A dispute cropped up between Hassan and the transport company in respect of a transaction through the Allahabad office. Hassan files a suit in respect of this dispute against the company in a court at Puri. Is the court at Puri competent to decide this case? Give reasons. [June 2012 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Section 20 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, subject to provision of Sections 15 to 19:
(a) Every suit shall be instituted in Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the defendant actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain.

(b) If there is more than one defendant’s suit shall be instituted in Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction any of the defendants, at the j time of the commencement of the suit actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain. However, in such [ case the leave of the Court has to be taken or the defendants who do not | reside, or carry on business, or personally work for gain, acquiesce in j such institution.

(c) Suit can also be instituted where the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises.
Explanation: A corporation shall be deemed to carry on business at its sole § or principal office in India or, in respect of any cause of action arising at any place where it has also a subordinate office, at such place.

Accordingly, the suit filed in the Jaipur Court will be dismissed on account of jurisdiction.

The suit ought to have been filed in Court of:

  • Chennai where the cause of action arisen or
  • Delhi where the corporation has its principal office.

Question 14.
A real estate company has its head office in Delhi and branch offices at Ahmedabad, Patna, and Indore. A dispute cropped up between Sourabh and the company in respect of a transaction through the Ahmedabad office. Sourabh files a suit in respect of this dispute against the company in a court at Patna. How will the court decide? [June 2014 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Section 20 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, subject to provision of Sections 15 to 19:
(a) Every suit shall be instituted in Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the defendant actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain.

(b) If there is more than one defendant’s suit shall be instituted in Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction any of the defendants, at the j time of the commencement of the suit actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain. However, in such [ case the leave of the Court has to be taken or the defendants who do not | reside, or carry on business, or personally work for gain, acquiesce in j such institution.

(c) Suit can also be instituted where the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises.
Explanation: A corporation shall be deemed to carry on business at its sole § or principal office in India or, in respect of any cause of action arising at any place where it has also a subordinate office, at such place.

Accordingly, the suit filed in the Jaipur Court will be dismissed on account of jurisdiction.

The suit ought to have been filed in Court of:

  • Chennai where the cause of action arisen or
  • Delhi where the corporation has its principal office.

Question 15.
Distinguish between: Set-off & Counter-claim [Dec 2010 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between set-off & counter-claim:

Points Set-off Counter-claim
When passed Set-off is a reciprocal acquittal of debts between the plaintiff and defendant. A claim made by the defendant in a suit against the plaintiff is called counter-claim.
Nature Set-off is a statutory defense to a plaintiff’s action. Counter-claim is substantially a cross action.
Transaction The claim of set-off need not originate from the same transaction. However, the claim of equitable set-off must originate from the same transaction. Counter-claim need not arise out of the same transaction.
Claim An equitable set-off is a claim by the defendant in defense that generally cannot exceed the plaintiff’s claim. A counterclaim by the defendant may, however, exceed the plaintiff’s claim being in the nature of a cross-action.

Question 16.
Ram and Shyam sell wheat for ₹ 10,000 to Sohan and Mohan. Sohan sells cloth worth ₹ 12,000 to Shyam. Sohan files a suit against Shyam for recovery of the price of cloth. Shyam claims set-off of the cost of wheat in this suit. Will he succeed? [Dec 2010 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
No. As per Order 8, Rule 6, set-off is possible only when the parties to j both claims are the same. So, Shyam’s claims for set-off will not be allowed j by the Court.

Question 17.
Distinguish between: Set-off & Equitable Set-off [June 2012 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between set-off & equitable i -set-off:

Points Set-off Equitable Set-off
Sum The principal of set-off is applied in case of ascertained some of the money. The principle of equitable set-off is applied in case of an unascertained sum of money.
Claim The claim of set-off need not originate from the same transaction. The claim of equitable set-off must originate from the same transaction.
Court’s discretion Legal set-off can be claimed as a right by the defendant and the Court is bound to adjudicate upon the claim. Equitable set-off cannot be claimed as a right but by Court’s discretion.
Limitation In case of set-off, the amount claimed should not be time-barred. The principle of equitable set-off may be applied even in the case of time-barred amounts.
Court fee Court fee must be paid on set-off amount. No court fee is required.

Question 18.
Distinguish between: Set-off & Counter-claim [June 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between set-off & counter-claim:

Points Set-off Counter-claim
When passed Set-off is a reciprocal acquittal of debts between the plaintiff and defendant. A claim made by the defendant in a suit against the plaintiff is called counter-claim.
Nature Set-off is a statutory defense to a plaintiff’s action. Counter-claim is substantially a cross action.
Transaction The claim of set-off need not originate from the same transaction. However, the claim of equitable set-off must originate from the same transaction. Counter-claim need not arise out of the same transaction.
Claim An equitable set-off is a claim by the defendant in defense that generally cannot exceed the plaintiff’s claim. A counterclaim by the defendant may, however, exceed the plaintiff’s claim being in the nature of a cross-action.

Question 19.
The Civil Court has the power to grant a temporary injunction, but for obtaining the same the plaintiff is required to satisfy the Court. Explain in brief. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The Court may grant a temporary injunction to restrain any such act or make such other order for the purpose of staying and preventing the wasting, damaging, alienation or sale or removal or disposition of the property or dispossession of the plaintiff, or otherwise causing injury to the plaintiff in relation to any property in dispute in the suit; where it is proved by affidavit or otherwise:

  1. that any property in dispute in a suit is in danger of being wasted, damaged, or alienated by any party to the suit, or wrongfully sold in execution of a decree, or
  2. that the defendant threatens, or intends to remove or dispose of his property with a view to defrauding his creditors, or
  3. that the defendant threatens to dispossess the plaintiff or otherwise cause injury to the plaintiff in relation to any property in dispute in the suit.

It would be necessary for the plaintiff to satisfy the Court that

  1. substantial and irreparable harm or injury would be suffered by him if such temporary injunction (till the disposal of the suit) is not granted
  2. the balance of convenience lies in his/her favor and
  3. that such loss or damage or harm cannot be compensated by damages.

Question 20.
What do you understand by ‘set off’ and ‘counter-claim under the Civil Procedure Code, 1908? What is the effect of set-off? [Dec 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Set-off [Order 8, Rule 6]: Set-off is a reciprocal acquittal of debts between the plaintiff and defendant. It has the effect of extinguishing the plaintiff’s claim to the extent of the amount claimed by the defendant as a claim.

Where in a suit for the recovery of money the defendant claims to set-off against the plaintiff’s demand any ascertained sum of money legally recoverable by him from plaintiff and where both parties fill the same character, the defendant may, at the first hearing of the suit, but not afterward unless permitted by the Court, present a written statement containing the particulars of the debt sought to be set-off.

Counter-claim [Order 8, Rule 6A]: A defendant in a suit may, in addition to his right of pleading a set-off, set up by way of counter-claim against the claim of the plaintiff, any right or claim in respect of a cause of action accruing to the defendant against the plaintiff either before or after the filing of the suit but before the defendant has delivered his defense or before the time limited for delivering his defense has expired, whether such counter-claim is in the nature of the claim for damages or not.

Question 21.
Explain the rules relating to the delivery of summons by the court under the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 2002. [Dec 2012 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Delivery of summons by Court [Order 5, Rule 9]:
1. Where the defendant resides within the jurisdiction of the Court in which the suit is instituted, or has an agent resident within that jurisdiction who is empowered to accept the service of the summons, the summons shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be delivered or sent either to the proper officer, who may be an officer of a Court other than that in which the suit is instituted, to be served by him or one of his subordinates or to such courier services as are approved by the Court.

2. The services of summons may be made by delivering or transmitting a copy thereof by registered post acknowledgment due, addressed to the defendant or his agent empowered to accept the service or by speed post or by such courier services as are approved by the High Court or by the Court referred to in sub-rule (1) or by any other means to the transmission of documents (including fax message or electronic mail service) provided by the rules made by the High Court. However, the service of summons shall be made at the expenses of the plaintiff.

3. Where the defendant resides outside the jurisdiction of the Court in which the suit is instituted, and the Court directs that the service of summons on that defendant may be made by such mode of service of summons as is referred to in sub-rule (3) (except by registered post acknowledgment due), the provisions of rule 21 shall not apply.

4. When an acknowledgment or any other receipt purporting to be signed by the defendant or his agent is received by the Court or postal article containing the summons is received back by the Court with an endorsement purporting to have been made by a postal employee or by any person authorized by the courier service to the effect.

That the defendant or his agent had refused to take delivery of the postal article containing the summons or had refused to accept the summons by any other means specified in sub-rule (3) when tendered or transmitted to him, the Court issuing the summons shall declare that the summons had been duly served on the defendant.

However, where the summons was properly addressed, pre-paid, and duly sent by registered post acknowledgment due, the declaration shall be made notwithstanding the fact that the acknowledgment having been lost or mislaid, or for any other reason, has not been received by the Court within thirty days from the date of issue of summons.

5. Where the Court is satisfied that there is reason to believe that the person summoned is keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in the ordinary way the Court shall order the service of the summons to be served by affixing a copy thereof in some conspicuous place in the Courthouse and also upon some conspicuous part of the house in which the person summoned is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain, or in such other manner as the Court thinks fit.

Substituted Service [Order 5, Rule 20]: Where the defendant resides in another province, a summons may be sent for service in another state to such court and in such manner as may be prescribed by rules in force in that State.

The above provisions shall apply also to a summons to witnesses.

In the case of a defendant who is a public officer, servant of railways, or local authority, the Court may if more convenient, send the summons to the head of the office in which he is employed.

Service on Corporation [Order 29, Rule 2]: In the case of a suit being instituted against a corporation, the summons may be served:
(a) on the secretary or on any director, or other principal officers of the corporation or
(b) by leaving it or sending it by post addressed to the corporation at the registered office or if there is no registered office, then at the place where the corporation carries on business.

Service on Partnership Firm [Order 30, Rule 3]: Where persons are to be sued as partners in the name of their firm, the summons shall be served either:
(a) upon one or more of the partners or
(b) at the principal place at which the partnership business is carried on within India or upon any person having the control or management of the partnership business.

Where a partnership has been dissolved the summons shall be served upon every person whom it is sought to make liable.

Question 22.
Discuss in brief the main remedies available to a person against whom ex parte decree is passed. [June 2013 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Where the plaintiff appears and the defendant does not appear before the Court, in spite of due service of summons, then the Court may proceed against the defendant ex parte.

An ‘Ex parte decrees a decree passed against a defendant in absentia. Despite service of summons, where on the date of hearing the only plaintiff does and a defendant does not appear the Court may hear the suit ex parte and pass a decree against the defendant.

A defendant has four remedies available if an ex-parte decree is passed against him:

  • He may file an appeal against the ex-parte decree.
  • He may file an application for review of the judgment.
  • He may apply for setting aside the ex-parte decree.
  • A suit can also be filed to set aside an ex-parte decree obtained by fraud but no suit shall lie for non-service of summons.

Question 23.
In a civil case what remedies are available for the defendant against whom an ex-parte decree has been passed by the court? [Dec 2018 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Where the plaintiff appears and the defendant does not appear before the Court, in spite of due service of summons, then the Court may proceed against the defendant ex parte.

An ‘Ex parte decree is a decree passed against a defendant in absentia. Despite service of summons, where on the date of hearing the only plaintiff does and a defendant does not appear the Court may hear the suit ex parte and pass a decree against the defendant.

A defendant has four remedies available if an ex-parte decree is passed against him:

  • He may file an appeal against the ex-parte decree.
  • He may file an application for review of the judgment.
  • He may apply for setting aside the ex-parte decree.
  • A suit can also be filed to set aside an ex-parte decree obtained by fraud but no suit shall lie for non-service of summons.

Question 24.
Distinguish between: Review & Revision in civil law [Dec 2009 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between review & revision:

Points Review Revision
Meaning Any person considering himself aggrieved by a decree or order may apply for a review of judgment to the Court which passed the decree or order on any of the grounds as mentioned in Order 47 Rule 1. The High Court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to such High Court and in which no appeal lies and in certain cases and may make such order as it thinks fit which is revision.
Court Any Court, which passed the decree or made an order, can review the case. The High Court can only do a revision of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to it.
By whom The review can be made only on an application by an aggrieved party. Revision power can be exercised by the High Court on an application or even suo moto.
Appeal Review can be made even when an appeal lies to the High Court. Revision power can be exercised by the High Court only in a case where no appeal lies to the High Court.
Grounds The grounds for review are:
(a) Discovery of new and important matter or evidence;
(b) Mistake or error apparent on the face of the record;
(c) Any other sufficient reason.
The conditions for revisions are:
(a) A case must have been decided;
(b) The Court which has decided the case must be a Court subordinate to the High Court;
(c) The order should not be an appealable one;

Question 25.
Distinguish between: Review & Revision in civil law [June 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:

Points Review Revision
Meaning Any person considering himself aggrieved by a decree or order may apply for a review of judgment to the Court which passed the decree or order on any of the grounds as mentioned in Order 47 Rule 1. The High Court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to such High Court and in which no appeal lies and in certain cases and may make such order as it thinks fit which is revision.
Court Any Court, which passed the decree or made an order, can review the case. The High Court can only do a revision of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to it.
By whom The review can be made only on an application by an aggrieved party. Revision power can be exercised by the High Court on an application or even suo moto.
Appeal Review can be made even when an appeal lies to the High Court. Revision power can be exercised by the High Court only in a case where no appeal lies to the High Court.
Grounds The grounds for review are:
(a) Discovery of new and important matter or evidence;
(b) Mistake or error apparent on the face of the record;
(c) Any other sufficient reason.
The conditions for revisions are:
(a) A case must have been decided;
(b) The Court which has decided the case must be a Court subordinate to the High Court;
(c) The order should not be an appealable one;

Question 26.
Distinguish between review and revision under the Civil Procedure Code 1908. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:

Points Review Revision
Meaning Any person considering himself aggrieved by a decree or order may apply for a review of judgment to the Court which passed the decree or order on any of the grounds as mentioned in Order 47 Rule 1. The High Court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to such High Court and in which no appeal lies and in certain cases and may make such order as it thinks fit which is revision.
Court Any Court, which passed the decree or made an order, can review the case. The High Court can only do a revision of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to it.
By whom The review can be made only on an application by an aggrieved party. Revision power can be exercised by the High Court on an application or even suo moto.
Appeal Review can be made even when an appeal lies to the High Court. Revision power can be exercised by the High Court only in a case where no appeal lies to the High Court.
Grounds The grounds for review are:
(a) Discovery of new and important matter or evidence;
(b) Mistake or error apparent on the face of the record;
(c) Any other sufficient reason.
The conditions for revisions are:
(a) A case must have been decided;
(b) The Court which has decided the case must be a Court subordinate to the High Court;
(c) The order should not be an appealable one;

Question 27.
Write a short note on Suits by or against corporations
Answer:
Signature or verification of pleading [Order 29, Rule 1]: In suits by or against a corporation, any pleading may be signed and verified on behalf of the corporation, by the secretary or by any director or other principal officer of the corporation who is able to depose to the facts of the case.

Service of summons [Order 29, Rule 2]: Subject to any provision regulating service of process, where the suit is against a corporation, the summons may be served.

  • On the secretary or any director or other principal officer of the corporation or
  • By leaving it or sending it by post addressed to the corporation at the registered office or if there is no registered office then at the place where the corporation carries on business.

Power of the Court to require personal attendance [Order 29, Rule 3]: The Court may at any stage of the suit, require the personal appearance of the secretary or any director or other principal officer of the corporation who may be able to answer material questions relating to the suit.

Question 28.
Discuss the law relating to suits by or against minors.
Answer:
A minor is a person:

  1. who has not completed the age of 18 years and
  2. for whose person or property a guardian has been appointed by a Court, for whose property is under a Court of Wards, the age of majority is completed at the age of 21 years.

Important points relating to suits by or against a minor:

  1. Every suit by a minor shall be instituted in his name by a person who in such suit shall be called the next friend of the minor.
  2. The next friend should be a person who is of sound mind and has attained majority.
  3. The interest of the next friend is not averse to that of the minor.
  4. Where the suit is instituted without a next friend, the defendant may apply to have the plaint taken off the file, with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented.
  5. Where the defendant is a minor the Court, on being satisfied with the fact of his minority, shall appoint a proper person to be guardian for the suit for such minor.
  6. An order for the appointment of a guardian for the suit may be obtained upon application in the name and on behalf of the minor or by the plaintiff.
  7. A person appointed as guardian for the suit for a minor shall unless his appointment is terminated by retirement, removal, or death, continues as such throughout all proceedings arising out of suit including proceedings in any appellate or revisional court and any proceedings in the execution of a decree.

Question 29.
A summary suit applies to a suit to prevent unreasonable obstruction by a defendant. [Dec 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
A procedure by way of summary suit applies to suits upon a bill of exchange, Hundies, or promissory notes when the plaintiff desires to proceed under the provision of Order 37.

Order 37 provides for a summary procedure to respect certain suits. The object is to prevent unreasonable obstruction by a defendant.

The rules for the summary procedure are applicable to the following Courts.

  • High Courts, City Civil Courts, and Small Courts.
  • High Courts may restrict the operation of Order 37 by issuing a notifica¬tion in the Official Gazette.

The debt or liquidated demand in money payable by the defendant should arise on a written contract or on enactment or on a guarantee.

Institution of summary suits: Such suit may be instituted by presenting a plaint containing the following essentials:

  • A specific averment to the effect that the suit is filed under this order.
  • That no relief which does not fall within the ambit of this rule has been claimed.
  • The inscription immediately below the number of the suit in the title of the suit that the suit is being established under Order 37 of the CPC.

Leave to defend: Order 37 Rule 3 prescribes the mode of service of summons etc. and leave to defend. The defendant is not entitled to defend the suit unless he enters an appearance within 10 days from the service of summons. Such leave to defend may be granted unconditional or upon such term as the Court or the judge may think fit.

However, such leave shall not be granted where.

  • The court is satisfied that the facts disclosed by the defendant do not indicate that he has a substantial defense or that the defenses are frivolous or veracious, and
  • The part of the amount claimed by the plaintiff and admitted by the defendant to be due from him is deposited by him in the Court.

The summary suit must be brought within one year from the date on which the debt becomes due and payable, whereas the period of limitation for suits for ordinary cases under negotiable instrument is three years.

Question 30.
‘Explain provisions of summary procedure’ including leave to defend 3 under Civil Procedure Code. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
A procedure by way of summary suit applies to suits upon a bill of exchange, Hundies, or promissory notes when the plaintiff desires to proceed under the provision of Order 37.

Order 37 provides for a summary procedure to respect certain suits. The object is to prevent unreasonable obstruction by a defendant.

The rules for the summary procedure are applicable to the following Courts.

  • High Courts, City Civil Courts, and Small Courts.
  • High Courts may restrict the operation of Order 37 by issuing a notification in the Official Gazette.

The debt or liquidated demand in money payable by the defendant should arise on a written contract or on enactment or on a guarantee.

Institution of summary suits: Such suit may be instituted by presenting a plaint containing the following essentials:

  • A specific averment to the effect that the suit is filed under this order.
  • That no relief which does not fall within the ambit of this rule has been claimed.
  • The inscription immediately below the number of the suit in the title of the suit that the suit is being established under Order 37 of the CPC.

Jurisprudence, Interpretation & General Laws Questions and Answers

SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions

SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions

SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by ‘Takeover’?
Answer:
The takeover means purchasing shares of the company with a view to take over management and control of a company. This is also called ‘Corporate Raid’ and the persona taking over is called ‘Corporate Raiders’.

Acquirer: A person who acquires shares directly or indirectly is called an acquirer. Target Company: The listed company whose shares are being acquired is called the target company.

Takeover: When the acquirer takes over control or management of the target company, it is termed as a takeover.
The takeover is an inorganic corporate growth device whereby one company acquires control over another company, usually by purchasing all or a majority of its shares.

The takeover of management and control of a company could take place in different modes. The management of a company may be acquired by acquiring the majority stake in the share capital of a company. A company may acquire shares of an unlisted company through what is called the acquisition under Sections 235 & 236 of the Companies Act, 2013. Where the shares of the company are closely held by a small number of persons, a takeover may be effected by agreement with the holders of those shares. However, where the shares of a company are widely held by the general public, it involves the process as set out in the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.

Question 2.
Discuss briefly the regulatory framework governing the ‘Takeovers’ in India.
Answer:
The legislation/regulations that mainly govern takeovers are as under:

  • SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.
  • Companies Act, 2013.
  • SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 lays down the procedure to be followed by an acquirer for acquiring majority shares or controlling interest in another company.

As far as the Companies Act, 2013 is concerned; the provisions of Section 186 apply to the acquisition of shares through a Company. Sections 235 & 236 of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down legal requirements for purpose of the takeover of an unlisted company through the transfer of undertaking to another company.

As per Regulation 31 A(8) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, if any public shareholder seeks to re-classify itself as a promoter, such a public shareholder shall be required to make an open offer in accordance with the provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.

Question 3.
Briefly discuss provisions relating to compulsory acquisition of shares of minority shareholders. [Dec. 2015 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
The scheme may contain a proposal for the transfer of shares from Transferor Company to Transferee Company. If the proposal from the Transferee Company is approved by holders of 90% of shares of Transferor Company, the Transferee Company can compulsorily acquire shares of Transferor Company (who will be less than 10%). This provision has been made to ensure that minority shareholders do not block the sale when substantially majority has accepted the scheme. While calculating 90% shares, the shares already held by the Transferee Company or its nominee on the date of the offer will be excluded.

Reconstruction by the sale of shares: Reconstruction or amalgamation without NCLT procedure is possible u/s 235 by a takeover by the sale of shares. Selling shareholders get either compensation or shares of acquiring company. This procedure is rarely followed, as a sanction of shareholders holding 90% of the value of shares is required. This is difficult to obtain. Further, the route provided in Section 235 can be followed when creditors are not involved in reconstruction and their interests are not affected. Thus, these provisions are useful to acquire a small company or closely held company or where a holding company already holds 90% or more and wants to convert a subsidiary company into a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Power to acquire shares of shareholders dissenting from scheme or contract approved by the majority [Section 235]: Where a scheme or contract involving the transfer of shares or any class of shares in transferor company to transferee company approved by the holders of not less than 9/ 10th in value of the shares then transferee company may give notice to any dissenting shareholder that it desires to acquire his shares. While calculating 9/ 10th in value of the shares already held at the date of the offer by, or by a nominee of the transferee company or its subsidiary companies will be excluded.

Students should note that the approval of shareholders holding 90% of the value of shares is required and not 90% of the value of shareholders attending the meeting.

The offer shall remain open for a period of 4 months. Thus, any shareholder of the transferor company may agree to transfer his shares to the transferee company within a period of 4 months from the date of the offer.

Notice to any dissenting shareholder may be given by the transferee company within 2 months of the expiry of a period of 4 months during which the offer was open. Such notice has to be given in Form No. CAA-14.

“Dissenting shareholder” includes a shareholder who has not assented to the scheme or contract and any shareholder who has failed or refused to transfer his shares to the transferee company in accordance with the scheme or contract.

Right of a dissenting shareholder to make an application to the Tribunal: A dissenting shareholder may make an application within 1 month of receipt of notice to the Tribunal praying that acquisition of his shares should not be permitted.

However, if no such application is made by dissenting shareholders or application is rejected by the Tribunal then the transferee company shall be entitled to and bound to acquire those shares on the same terms on which shares of approving shareholders were transferred to the transferee company.

Procedure for acquiring shares by transferee company: The transferee company shall on the expiry of 1 month from the date on which the notice has been given, send a copy of the notice to the transferor company together with an instrument of transfer.

The instrument of transfer shall be executed:
(a) on behalf of the dissenting shareholder, by some person appointed by the transferor company and
(b) on behalf of the transferee company, by a person authorized by the transferee company.

The transferee company shall pay the consideration to the transferor company for acquiring shares of dissenting shareholders.

The transferor company shall:
(a) thereupon register the transferee company as the holder of those shares; and
(b) within 1 month of the date of such registration, inform the dissenting shareholders of the fact of such registration and of the receipt of the amount or other consideration representing the price payable to them by the transferee company.

Amount of consideration must be paid within 60 days to dissenting share-holders: Any sum received by the transferor company shall be paid into a separate bank account, and any such sum and any other consideration so received shall be held by the transferor company in trust for dissenting shareholders and shall be disbursed the consideration to the dissenting shareholders within 60 days.

Registration of Offer of Schemes involving the transfer of shares [Section 238]: In relation to every offer of a scheme or contract involving the transfer of shares or any class of shares in the transferor company to the transferee company j u/s 235

  • Every circular containing such offer and recommendation to the members of the transferor company by its directors to accept such offer shall be accompanied by such information as set out in Form No. CAA-15.
  • Every such offer shall contain a statement by or on behalf of the transferee company, disclosing the steps it has taken to ensure that necessary cash will be available.
  • Every such circular shall be presented to the ROC for registration and no such circular shall be issued until it is so registered.

However, the ROC may refuse, for reasons to be recorded in writing, to register any such circular which does not contain the required information or which sets out such information in a manner likely to give a false impression and communicate such refusal to the parties within 30 days of the application.

An appeal shall lie to the Tribunal against an order of the ROC refusing to register any such circular and the said appeal shall be in Form No. NCLT-9 supported with an affidavit in Form No. NCLT-6.

The director who issues a circular which has not been presented for registration and registered shall be punishable with a line which shall not be less than ₹ 25,000 but which may extend to ₹ 5 lakh.

Question 4.
What disclosures are required to be made by an acquirer while acquiring the shares of another company? [Dec. 2013 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
The obligation to give the disclosures on the acquisition of certain limits | is only on the acquirer and not on the target company. Following disclosures j are required to be made:

Triggering Point To and by whom Time Period
Event-Based Disclosures
Acquisition of 5% or more shares or voting rights To the Target Company and Stock Exchange by the Acquirer Within 2 working days of:

(a) Receipt of intimation of allotment of shares or

(b) The acquisition of shares or voting rights.

Acquirer already holding 5% or more shares or voting rights On acquisition or disposal of 2% or more shares or voting rights. To the Target Company and Stock Exchange by the Acquirer/Seller Within 2 working days of such acquisition/disposal.
Continual Disclosures
Any person holding 25% or more shares or voting rights Target Company & Stock Exchange by such person Within 7 working days from the end of each financial year
Promoter/Person having control over the Target Company Target Company & Stock Exchange by Promoter Within 7 working days from the end of each financial year
Disclosure of Pledged or Encumbered Shares
On the encumbrance of shares by the promoter or person acting in Concert with him Target Company & Stock Exchange by the promote Within 7 working days from the date of creation of encumbrance.
On the invocation of or release of such encumbrance by the promoter Target Company & Stock Exchange by the promoter Within 7 working days from the date of invocation of encumbrance.

Question 5.
Write a short note on Conditional Offer [Dec. 2014 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
An offer in which the acquirer has stipulated a minimum level of acceptance is known as a conditional offer.

Conditional offer [Regulation 19]: An acquirer may make an open offer conditional as to the minimum level of acceptance. However, where the open offer is pursuant to an agreement, such agreement shall contain a condition to the effect that in the event the desired level of acceptance of the open offer is not received the acquirer shall not acquire any shares under the open offer and the agreement attracting the obligation to make the open offer shall stand rescinded.

Where an open offer is made conditional upon minimum level of acceptances, the acquirer and persons acting in concert with him shall not acquire, during the offer period, any shares in the target company except under the open offer and any underlying agreement for the sale of shares of the target company pursuant to which the open offer is made.

Question 6.
The disclosure requirements on the acquisition of shares of a listed target company beyond certain limits are only on the acquirer and not on the target company. [June 2015 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The obligation to give the disclosures on the acquisition of certain limits is only on the acquirer and not on the target company. Following disclosures j are required to be made:

Triggering Point To and by whom Time Period
Event-Based Disclosures
Acquisition of 5% or more shares or voting rights To the Target Company and Stock Exchange by the Acquirer Within 2 working days of:

(a) Receipt of intimation of allotment of shares or

(b) The acquisition of shares or voting rights.

Acquirer already holding 5% or more shares or voting rights On acquisition or disposal of 2% or more shares or voting rights. To the Target Company and Stock Exchange by the Acquirer/Seller Within 2 working days of such acquisition/disposal.
Continual Disclosures
Any person holding 25% or more shares or voting rights Target Company & Stock Exchange by such person Within 7 working days from the end of each financial year
Promoter/Person having control over the Target Company Target Company & Stock Exchange by Promoter Within 7 working days from the end of each financial year
Disclosure of Pledged or Encumbered Shares
On the encumbrance of shares by the promoter or person acting in Concert with him Target Company & Stock Exchange by the promote Within 7 working days from the date of creation of encumbrance.
On the invocation of or release of such encumbrance by the promoter Target Company & Stock Exchange by the promoter Within 7 working days from the date of invocation of encumbrance.

Question 7.
Write a short note on the Escrow account [Dec. 2015 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Escrow Account [Regulation 17]: Escrow Account means a bank account that is required to be opened by an acquirer who proposes to make a public announcement of an open offer. The Regulations have made detailed provisions regarding the Escrow Account.

Regulation 17(1) provides that not later than 2 working days prior to the date of the publication of the detailed public statement of an open offer for acquiring shares, the acquirer shall create an escrow account towards security for performance of his obligations and deposit in such escrow account specified amount.

The purpose of these provisions is to ensure that the acquirer has sufficient funds to pay the consideration under the offer and he has secured sufficient financial arrangement.

Timing of opening of account: The Acquirer shall open an escrow account at least 2 working days prior to the date of Detailed Public Statement.

Amount to be deposited:

The consideration payable under the Open Offer Amount to be deposited in Escrow Account
On the first ₹ 500 Crore An amount equal to 25% of the consideration
On the balance consideration An additional amount equal to 10% of the balance consideration

Where an open offer is made conditional upon minimum level of acceptance, 100% of the consideration payable in respect of the minimum level of acceptance or 50% of the consideration payable under the open offer, whichever is higher, shall be deposited in cash in the escrow account.

In the case of indirect acquisitions where a public announcement has been made, an amount equivalent to 100% of the consideration payable in the open offer shall be deposited in the escrow account.

Increase in the amount of escrow [Regulation 17(2)]: If the Acquirer makes any upward revision in the open offer, whether by way of increase in offer price or of the offered size, then the Acquirer shall make corresponding increases to the amount kept in an escrow account prior to making such revision.

Mode of Deposit in Escrow Account [Regulation 17(3)]: The escrow account referred to above may be in the form of –
(a) Cash deposited with any scheduled commercial bank;
(b) Bank guarantee issued in favor of the manager to the open offer by any scheduled commercial bank; or
(c) Deposit of frequently traded and freely transferable equity shares or other freely transferable securities with appropriate margin.

Deposit of securities shall not be permitted in respect of indirect acquisitions.

Question 8.
Kind Enterprises Ltd. has decided to acquire a stake of up to 25% of the paid-up share capital of Excel Exams Ltd., which is a listed company and wants to proceed with a public offer pursuant to the provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. Prepare a Board note highlighting the general obligations of Kind Enterprises Ltd. [June 2015 (10 Marks)]
Answer:
Obligations of the acquirer [Regulation 25]:
1. Prior to making the public announcement of an open offer for acquiring shares, the acquirer shall ensure that firm financial arrangements have been made for fulfilling the payment obligations and that the acquirer is able to implement the open offer, subject to any statutory approvals for the open offer that may be necessary.

2. In the event the acquirer has not declared an intention in the detailed public statement and the letter of offer to alienate any material assets of the target company or of any of its subsidiaries whether by way of sale, lease, encumbrance, or otherwise outside the ordinary course of business, the acquirer, where he has acquired control over the target company, shall be debarred from causing such alienation for a period of 2 years after the offer period.

However, in the event the target company or any of its subsidiaries is required to alienate assets despite the intention to alienate not having been expressed by the acquirer, such alienation shall require a special resolution passed by shareholders of the target company, by way of a postal ballot and the notice for such postal ballot shall inter alia contain reasons as to why such alienation is necessary.

3. The acquirer shall ensure that the contents of the public announcement, the detailed public statement, the letter of offer, and the post-offer advertisement are true, fair, and adequate in all material aspects and not misleading in any material particular, and are based on reliable sources, and state the source wherever necessary.

4. The acquirer and persons acting in concert with him shall not sell shares of the target company held by them, during the offer period.

5. The acquirer and persons acting in concert with him shall be jointly and severally responsible for the fulfillment of applicable obligations under the regulations.

Question 9.
Write short note on Acquirer [Dec. 2016 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
“Acquirer” means any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire whether by himself, or through, or with persons acting in concert with him, shares or voting rights in, or control over a target company.

In simple words, a person who acquires shares/voting rights/control directly or indirectly of the target company with persons acting in concert is called ‘Acquirer’.

Persons acting in concert [Regulation 2(q)]: Persons acting in concert means –
1. Persons who, with a common objective or purpose of acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or exercising control over a target company, pursuant to an agreement or understanding, formal or informal, directly or indirectly co-operate for the acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or exercise of control over the target company.

2. The persons falling within the following categories shall be deemed to be persons acting in concert with other persons within the same category unless the contrary is established:

  1. A company, its holding company, subsidiary company, and any company under the same management or control;
  2. A company, its directors, and any person entrusted with the management of the company;
  3. Directors of companies referred to in clauses (1) and (2) and associates of such directors;
  4. Promoters and members of the promoter group;
  5. Immediate relatives;
  6. A mutual fund, its sponsor, trustees, trustee company, and asset management company;
  7. A collective investment scheme and its collective investment management company, trustees and trustee company;
  8. A venture capital fund and its sponsor, trustees, trustee company, and asset management company;
  9. an alternative investment fund and its sponsor, trustees, trustee company, and manager;
  10. [Deleted]
  11. A merchant banker and its client, who is an acquirer;
  12. A portfolio manager and its client, who is an acquirer;
  13. Banks, financial advisors, and stockbrokers of the acquirer, or of any company which is a holding company or subsidiary of the acquirer, and where the acquirer is an individual, of the immediate relative of such individual. However, this clause shall not apply to a bank whose sole role is that of providing normal commercial banking services or activities in relation to an open offer under these regulations;
  14. An investment company or fund and any person who has an interest in such investment company or fund as a shareholder or unit holder having not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the investment company or unit capital of the fund, and any other investment company or fund in which such person or his associate holds not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of that investment company or unit capital of that fund. However, nothing contained in this clause shall apply to the holding of units of mutual funds registered with the SEBI.

Explanation: “Associate” of a person means –
(a) Any immediate relative of such person;
(b) Trusts of which such person or his immediate relative is a trustee;
(c) Partnership firm in which such person or his immediate relative is a partner; and
(d) Members of Hindu undivided families of which such person is a coparcener.

Question 10.
Regulation 10 of the Takeover Code provides an automatic exemption from the applicability of making open offers. [Dec. 2016 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Regulation 10 of the SEBI Takeover Regulations, 2011 provides for automatic exemptions from the applicability of making Open Offer to the shareholders of the Target Company in respect of certain acquisitions subject to the compliance of certain conditions specified therein.

Further Regulation 11 of SEBI Takeover Regulations, 2011 provides the provisions whereby the acquirer can apply to SEBI for availing the exemption from the Open Offer obligations and the Target Company can apply for relaxation from strict compliance with any procedural requirement relating to Open Offer as provided under Chapters III and IV of the Regulations.

Some of the exemptions provided in Regulation 10 along with their conditions for exemption are as follows:

Acquisition pursuant to inter .se transfer of shares amongst qualifying persons, being,:

  1. immediate relatives;
  2. persons named as promoters in the shareholding pattern filed by the target company in terms of the listing regulations or these regulations for not less than three years prior to the proposed acquisition;
  3. a company, its subsidiaries, its holding company, other subsidiaries of such – holding company, persons holding not less than 50% of the equity shares of such company, other companies in which such persons hold not less than 50% of the equity shares, and their subsidiaries subject to control over such qualifying persons being exclusively held by the same persons;
  4. persons acting in concert for not less than 3 years prior to the proposed acquisition and disclosed as such pursuant to filings under the listing regulations.

Note: The list of exemptions provided in Regulation 10 is much more; considering the marks of the question only some of the clauses are given.

Question 11.
A competitive bid is an offer made by a person other than the acquirer who has made the first public announcement. [Dec. 2016 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
A competitive bid is an offer made by a person, other than the acquirer who has made the first public announcement.

A public announcement is an announcement made in the newspapers by the acquirer primarily disclosing his intention to acquire shares of the target company from existing shareholders by means of an open offer.

Switching of acceptances between different offers is possible. The shareholder has the option to withdraw acceptance tendered by him up to 3 working days prior to the date of closure of the offer.

To enable the shareholders to be in a better position to decide as to which of the subsisting offers is better and also not to cause last-minute decisions/ confusions, the offer price and size are effectively frozen for the last 7 working days prior to the closing date of the offers. Shareholders may wait till the commencement of that period to be aware of upward revisions in the offer price and size of the offers.

Question 12.
Write a short note on: Creeping acquisition limit [June 2017 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Creeping acquisition limit: An acquirer who holds 25% or more but less than maximum permissible non-public shareholding of the Target Company, can acquire such additional shares as would entitle him to exercise more than 5% of the voting rights in any financial year ending March 31 only after making a Public Announcement to acquire minimum 26% shares of Target Company j from the shareholders through an Open Offer.

Question 13.
Explain the Modes of Payment to the shareholders of the Target Company on the acquisition of shares hy the acquirer under SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 9(1) of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, the offer price may be paid:
(a) in cash;
(b) by issue, exchange, or transfer of listed shares in the equity share capital of the acquirer or of any person acting in concert;
(c) by issue, exchange, or transfer of listed secured debt instruments issued by the acquirer or any person acting in concert with a rating not inferior to investment grade as rated by a credit rating agency registered with the SEBI;
(d) by issue, exchange, or transfer of convertible debt securities entitling the holder thereof to acquire listed shares in the equity share capital of the acquirer or of any person acting in concert; or
(e) a combination of the mode of payment of consideration stated in clauses (a) to (d).

Question 14.
An acquirer, holding 25% or more but less than maximum permissible non-public shareholding of the Target Company can acquire such additional shares as would entitle him to exercise more than 5% of the voting rights in any financial year. Explain the statement indicating the creeping acquisition limit for making an open offer by an acquirer. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Acquisition of more than 5% shares or voting rights in a financial year [Creeping Acquisition]: An acquirer along with PACs holds 25% or more but less than the maximum permissible non-public shareholding in a target company,
can acquire additional shares in the target company as would entitle him to exercise more than 5% of the voting rights in any financial year beginning April 1, only after making a public announcement of making an open offer to acquire the shares.

Note: Students should note that Takeover Regulations do not apply to acquisition up to 5% of shares per financial year – called ‘creeping acquisition’ till the acquirer reaches a stake of 7596. This is permissible to those whose holding is more than 25% but less than 75%. Such acquisition may be direct or indirect

Suppose the target company had 1,00,000 shares. The acquirer is already holding 31,000 shares and he intends to acquire further 5,000 shares per financial year, he can do so and Takeover Regulations will not be applicable. However, if he wants to acquire 5,001 shares then Takeover Regulations will be applicable and before acquiring such 5,001 shares he will have to make an open offer.

Question 15.
An unlisted public company (“Acquirer”) doing business of exporting steel and is a part of the Promoter Group of Maurya Hotels (India) Ltd. (MHIL), a company listed on the stock exchange. In view of improving its efficiency, MHIL is planning to restructure its group. The Acquirer has agreed to enter into a scheme of arrangement where the shares held by the promoter group companies (eight companies) will be transferred to it. Post-merger, the shareholding of the Acquirer in the Company will increase from 2% to 24%. However, the overall promoter shareholding will remain unchanged. You, being practicing company secretary, appointed as a consultant by the Acquirer, answer the following:
(i) Will the transfer of shares trigger an obligation to make an open offer under the SEBI (SAST) Regulations on the Acquirer?
(ii) What are the disclosure requirements under the SAST Regulations, if any, that the parties to the scheme will have to comply with? [June 2019 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Acquisition of 25% or more shares or voting rights: An acquirer, who along with PACs holds less than 25% shares or voting rights in a target company and agrees to acquire shares or acquires shares which would entitle him to exercise 25% or more or voting rights in a target company, will need to make a public announcement of making an open offer to acquire the shares before acquiring such additional shares.

As per Regulation 10 of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, acquisitions shall be exempt from the obligation to make an open offer under Regulation 3 when their acquisition pursuant to inter .se transfer of shares amongst qualifying persons, being persons named as promoters in the shareholding pattern filed by the target company in terms of the listing regulations or Takeover Regulations for not less than 3 years prior to the proposed acquisition.

As per facts given in the case, an unlisted public company (acquirer) proposes to increase its holding 2% to 24% by acquiring the shares of other promoters, which do not trigger provisions of obligation to make an open offer in terms of Regulation 3 read with Regulation 10 of the Takeover Regulations.

Disclosure: The Acquirer and promoter group companies will be required to make a disclosure of change in shareholding under Regulation 29(2) of the Takeover Regulations. According to Regulation 29(3), the disclosure should be made within 2 working days of such acquisition to the Company at its registered office and to stock exchanges where the shares of the Company are listed.

Note: Students should note that when the acquirer agrees to acquire 25% or more shares or voting rights in a target company he has to make an open offer to acquire further 26% shares of the target company. [Regulation 3 read with Regulation 7]

Suppose the target company had 1,00,000 shares. The acquirer is already holding 21,000 shares and he intends to acquire further 4,000 shares, he cannot acquire further 4,000 shares unless he makes an open offer to acquire another 26,000 shares from the public.

The reason for a stipulation to offer to purchase 26% shares from the public is that shareholders who may not approve the new management should have a chance to get out of his investment in the company at a fair price. The offer is restricted to 26% as if many shareholders offer to sell the shares, the acquirer may not have enough financial strength to purchase all shares offered.

Question 16.
Draft a suitable Board resolution with respect to takeover for the following:
(i) Offer by offeror company and
(ii) Authorization to invest in the shares of investee company [June 2011 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Offer by Offeror Company:
“Resolved That an offer be made, to the persons who are the members of___________ Ltd. as on___________for acquisition of___________equity shares of ₹ 10 each representing a___________% of the total issued capital of the___________Ltd.

Resolved Further That above said offer shall remain open till___________at a price of ₹___________each.

Resolved Further That shares be accepted even if such shares in the aggregate are less than the limit mentioned above and in case shares offered to exceed the limit, the company shall have an option to accept or reject the same in consultation with the concerned authorities and offer will be accepted according to the order in which they are received and full shareholding of the members accepting the offer be acquired subject to an abovementioned limit.”

Authorization to invest in the shares of Investee Company:
“Resolved That pursuant to Section 186 and other applicable provisions if any, of the Companies Act, 2013 and authorization gave by the members of the company at their meeting held on___________unanimous consent of the Board of Directors be and is hereby given to invest up to equity shares of XYZ Ltd. at a price of ₹___________each.”

Question 17.
Sharad who is a promoter of Grow Good Ltd. holds 20% of the paid-up share capital of the company. The shares of the company are listed on National Stock Exchange Ltd. Sharad would like to pledge his shares for obtaining a loan. State the requirements for disclosure of pledged shares under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. [June 2011 (8 Marks)]
Answer:
Disclosure of encumbered shares [Regulation 31]:

  1. The promoter of every target company shall disclose details of shares in such target company encumbered by him or by persons acting in concert | with him in such form as may be specified.
  2. The promoter of every target company shall disclose details of any invocation of such encumbrance or release of such encumbrance of shares j in such form as may be specified.
  3. The required disclosures shall be made within 7 working days from the creation or invocation or release of encumbrance, as the case may be to
    (a) Every stock exchange where the shares of the target company are listed and
    (b) The target company at its registered office.

Question 18.
Explain the provisions relating to ‘escrow account’ under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. [June 2011 (7 Marks)]
Answer:
Escrow Account [Regulation 17]: Escrow Account means a bank ac- f count which is required to be opened by an acquirer who proposes to make a public announcement of an open offer. The Regulations have made detailed provisions regarding the Escrow Account.

Regulation 17(1) provides that not later than 2 working days prior to the date of the publication of the detailed public statement of an open offer for acquiring shares, the acquirer shall create an escrow account towards security for performance of his obligations and deposit in such escrow account specified amount.

The purpose of these provisions is to ensure that the acquirer has sufficient funds to pay tire consideration under the offer and he has secured sufficient financial arrangement.

Timing of opening of account: The Acquirer shall open an escrow account at least 2 working days prior to the date of Detailed Public Statement.

Amount to be deposited:

The consideration payable under the Open Offer Amount to be deposited in Escrow Account
On the first ₹ 500 Crore An amount equal to 25% of the consideration
On the balance consideration An additional amount equal to 10% of the balance consideration

Where an open offer is made conditional upon minimum level of acceptance, 100% of the consideration payable in respect of the minimum level of acceptance or 50% of the consideration payable under the open offer, whichever is higher, shall be deposited in cash in the escrow account.

In the case of indirect acquisitions where a public announcement has been made, an amount equivalent to 100% of the consideration payable in the open offer shall be deposited in the escrow account.

Increase in the amount of escrow [Regulation 17(2)]: If the Acquirer makes any upward revision in the open offer, whether by way of increase in offer price or of the offered size, then the Acquirer shall make corresponding increases to the amount kept in an escrow account prior to making such revision.

Mode of Deposit in Escrow Account [Regulation 17(3)]: The escrow account referred to above may be in the form of –
(a) Cash deposited with any scheduled commercial bank;
(b) Bank guarantee issued in favor of the manager to the open offer by any scheduled commercial bank; or
(c) Deposit of frequently traded and freely transferable equity shares or other freely transferable securities with appropriate margin.

Deposit of securities shall not be permitted in respect of indirect acquisitions.

Composition and other conditions of the escrow account [Regulation 17(4) to (7)]:
1. In the event of the escrow account is created by way of a bank guarantee or by deposit of securities, the acquirer shall also ensure that at least 1% of the total consideration payable is deposited in cash with a scheduled commercial bank as a part of the escrow account.

2. For such part of the escrow account as is in the form of a cash deposit with a scheduled commercial bank, the acquirer shall while opening the account, empower the manager to the open offer to instruct the bank to issue a banker’s cheque or demand draft or to make payment of the amounts lying to the credit of the escrow account, in accordance with requirements under these regulations.

3. For such part of the escrow account as is in the form of a bank guarantee, such bank guarantee shall be in favor of the manager to the open offer and shall be kept valid throughout the offer period and for an additional period of 30 days after completion of payment of consideration to shareholders who have tendered their shares in acceptance of the open offer.

4. For such part of the escrow account as is in the form of securities, the acquirer shall empower the Manager to the open offer to realize the value of such escrow account by sale or otherwise, and if there is any shortfall in the amount required to be maintained in the escrow account, the Manager shall be liable to make good such shortfall.

5. The Manager to the open offer shall not release the escrow account until the expiry of 30 days from the completion of payment of consideration to shareholders who have tendered their shares in acceptance of the open offer, save and except for the transfer of funds to the special escrow account.

6. In the event of non-fulfillment of obligations by the acquirer the SEBI may direct the Manager to forfeit the escrow account or any amounts lying in the special escrow account, either in full or in part.

7. The escrow account deposited with the bank in cash shall be released only in the following manner –
(a) The entire amount to the acquirer upon withdrawal of the offer. In the event the withdrawal is pursuant to Regulation 23(l)(c), the Manager to the open offer shall release the escrow account upon receipt of confirmation of such release from the SEBI;

(b) For transfer of an amount not exceeding 90% of the escrow account, to the special escrow account in accordance with Regulation 21.

(c) To the acquirer, the balance of the escrow account after transfer of cash to the special escrow account, on the expiry of 30 days from the completion of payment of consideration to shareholders who have tendered their shares in acceptance of the open offer, as certified by the manager to the open offer;

(d) The entire amount to the acquirer upon the expiry of 30 days from the completion of payment of consideration to shareholders who have tendered their shares in acceptance of the open offer, upon certification by the manager to the open offer, where the open offer is for exchange of shares or other secured instruments;

(e) The entire amount to the Manager, in the event of forfeiture for non-fulfillment of any of the obligations, for distribution in the following manner, after deduction of expenses of registered market intermediaries associated with the open offer:

  1. 1 /3rd of the escrow account to the target company;
  2. l/3rd of the escrow account to the Investor Protection & Education Fund established under the SEBI (Investor Protection & Education Fund) Regulations, 2009; and
  3. 1 /3rd of the escrow account to be distributed pro-rata among the shareholders who have accepted the open offer.

Question 19.
Draft a suitable Board resolution for the opening of an escrow account. [Dec. 2011 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Board resolution for Opening of an Escrow Account:
Resolved That an Escrow Account be opened with Bank and ₹_________ be deposited in the said account.
Resolved Further That M/s_________Merchant Banker, be and is hereby authorized to operate the above-said account and the Bank be and is hereby authorized to act on the instructions given by M/s_________, Merchant Banker, in relation to the operation of a bank account.”

Resolved Further That Mr._________, Director of the company, be and is hereby authorized to collect and communicate the same to_________Bank, the names and specimen signatures of the person authorized by M/s._________, Merchant Banker, to operate the above-said bank account.”

Question 20.
Draft a suitable Board resolution for the appointment of a merchant banker by an acquirer under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulation, 2011. [Dec. 2012 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Board Resolution for the appointment of a Merchant Banker:
‘Resolved That M/s_________being Category-I Merchant Banker be and is hereby appointed as Merchant Banker for the aforesaid public offer, on the terms and conditions as contained in the draft letter of appointment placed before the meeting duly initialed by the Chairman for the purpose of identification, for making the public i ; announcement of the takeover offer in the newspapers, forward the same to the SEBI, Stock Exchange(s) and to the target company and to draft the Letter of Offer to be sent to the shareholders of_________, target company in accordance with the SEBI
(Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeover) Regulations, 2011”.

Question 21.
Explain ‘open offer thresholds’ under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. [June 2013 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Open offer thresholds [Regulation 3]: The following are the threshold g limits for the acquisition of shares/voting rights, beyond which an obligation to % make an open offer is triggered.

Acquisition of 25% or more shares or voting rights: An acquirer, who along with PACs holds less than 25% shares or voting rights in a target company and agrees to acquire shares or acquires shares which would entitle him to exercise 25% or more or voting rights in a target company, will need to make a public announcement of making an open offer to acquire the shares before acquiring such additional shares.

Note: Students should note that when the acquirer agrees to acquire 25% or more shares or voting rights in a target company he has to make an open offer to acquire further 26% shares of the target company. regulation 3 read with Regulation 7]

Suppose the target company had 1,00,000 shares. The acquirer is already holding 21,000 shares and he intends to acquire further 4,000 shares, he cannot acquire further 4,000 shares unless he makes an open offer to acquire another 26,000 shares from the public.

The reason for a stipulation to offer to purchase 26% shares from the public is that shareholders who may not approve the new management should have a chance to get out of his investment in the company at a fair price. The offer is restricted to 26% as if many shareholders offer to sell the shares, the acquirer may not have enough financial strength to purchase all shares offered.

Acquisition of more than 5% shares or voting rights in a financial year [Creeping Acquisition]: An acquirer along with PACs holds 25% or more but less than the maximum permissible non-public shareholding in a target company, can acquire additional shares in the target company as would entitle him to exercise more than 5% of the voting rights in any financial year beginning April 1, only after j making a public announcement of making an open offer to acquire the shares.

Note: Students should note that Takeover Regulations do not apply to acquisition up to 5% of shares per financial year – called ‘creeping acquisition’ till the acquirer reaches a stake of 75%. This is permissible to those whose holding is more than 25% but less than 75%. Such acquisition may be direct or indirect.

Suppose the target company had 1,00,000 shares. The acquirer is already holding 31,000 shares and he intends to acquire further 5,000 shares per financial year, he can do so and Takeover Regulations will not be applicable. However, if he wants to acquire 5,001 shares then Takeover Regulations will be applicable and before acquiring such 5,001 shares he will have to make an open offer.

Question 22.
What do you understand by ‘mandatory bid’ and when it is necessary? Describe briefly. [June 2013 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
A mandatory bid is a bid that is compulsorily required to be made as per the provisions of the SEBI (SAST) Regulations, 2011 where the acquirer intends to acquire shares or voting rights beyond threshold limits specified in Regulations 3, 4 & 5.

It is governed by Regulations 3, 4 & 5 of the SEBI (SAST) Regulations, 2011.

When mandatory bid can be made: The open offer for acquiring shares to be made by the acquirer and persons acting in concert with him shall be for at least 26% of total shares of the target company, as of 10th working day from the closure of the tendering period.

Question 23.
The SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 provide some mechanism for automatic exemption from making ‘mandatory offer’ other than the inter .se transfer among the promoters. Briefly state four such situations. [June 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Exemptions from the open offer: Exemption maybe:

  • Automatic Exemption [Regulation 10]
  • Exemption by SEBI [Regulation 11]

Regulation 10 provides for automatic exemptions from the applicability of making an Open Offer to the shareholders of the Target Company in respect of certain acquisitions subject to the compliance of certain conditions specified therein.

As per Regulation 11, the SEBI may for reasons recorded in writing, grant exemption from the obligation to make an open offer for acquiring shares subject to such conditions as the SEBI deems fit to impose in the interests of investors in securities and the securities market.

The SEBI may for reasons recorded in writing, grant a relaxation from strict compliance with any procedural requirement subject to such conditions as the SEBI deems fit to impose in the interests of investors in securities and the I securities market.

Some situations where an automatic exemption applies:

  1. Acquisition pursuant to a resolution plan approved u/s 31 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.
  2. The acquisition is pursuant to the provisions of the Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002.
  3. The acquisition is pursuant to the provisions of the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009.
  4. Acquisition by way of transmission, succession, or inheritance.
  5. Acquisition of voting rights or preference shares carrying voting rights arising out of the operation of the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 24.
Mention the factors which make a company vulnerable to takeover bids. [Dec. 2014 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Some of the factors which make a company vulnerable to takeover bids are as follows:

  • Low stock price with relation to the replacement cost of assets or their potential earning power.
  • A highly liquid balance sheet with large amounts of excess cash, a valuable securities portfolio, and significantly unused debt capacity.
  • Good cash flow in relation to current stock prices.
  • Subsidiaries and properties which could be sold off without significantly impairing cash flow.
  • Relatively small stockholdings under the control of incumbent management.

A combination of these factors can simultaneously make a company an attractive proposition or investment opportunity and facilitate its financing.

Question 25.
What are the obligations of the committee of independent directors of the target company with regard to providing reasoned recommendations on the open offer being made by the acquirers? [Dec. 2014 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 26(7), the committee of independent directors shall provide its written reasoned recommendations on the open offer to the shareholders of the target company and such recommendations shall be published in such form as may be specified, at least 2 working days before the commencement of the tendering period, in the same newspapers where the public announcement of the open offer was published, and simultaneously, a copy of the same shall be sent to –

  1. The SEBI;
  2. All the stock exchanges on which the shares of the target company are listed, and the stock exchanges shall forthwith disseminate such information to the public; and
  3. The manager to the open offer, and where there are competing offers, to the manager to the open offer for every competing offer.

Question 26.
Amilo Exports Ltd., a listed company has opened an escrow account in connection with acquiring another company. The company wants your opinion on the release of the amount from the escrow account. Comment. [Dec. 2014 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 17 of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, the escrow account deposited with the bank in cash shall be released only in the following manner:
(a) The entire amount to the acquirer upon withdrawal of the offer. In the event the withdrawal is pursuant to Regulation 23(l)(c), the Manager to the open offer shall release the escrow account upon receipt of confirmation of such release from the SEBI;

(b) For transfer of an amount not exceeding 9096 of the escrow account, to the special escrow account in accordance with Regulation 21.

(c) To the acquirer, the balance of the escrow account after transfer of cash to the special escrow account, on the expiry of 30 days from the completion of payment of consideration to shareholders who have tendered their shares in acceptance of the open offer, as certified by the manager to the open offer;

(d) The entire amount to the acquirer upon the expiry of 30 days from the completion of payment of consideration to shareholders who have tendered their shares in acceptance of the open offer, upon certification by the manager to the open offer, where the open offer is for exchange of shares or other secured instruments;

(e) The entire amount to the Manager, in the event of forfeiture for non-fulfillment of any of the obligations, for distribution in the following manner, after deduction of expenses of registered market intermediaries associated with the open offer:

  1. 1 /3rd of the escrow account to the target company;
  2. 1 /3rd of the escrow account to the Investor Protection & Education Fund established under the SEBI (Investor Protection & Education Fund) Regulations, 2009; and
  3. 1/3rd of the escrow account to be distributed pro-rata among the shareholders who have accepted the open offer.

Question 27.
In terms of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, ‘offer period’ and ‘tendering period’ are one and the same. Comment. [June 2015 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Offer period and tendering period: The term ‘offer period’ pertains to the period starting from the date of the event triggering open offer till completion of payment of consideration to shareholders by the acquirer or withdrawal of the offer by the acquirer as the case may be.

The term ‘tendering period’ refers to the 10 working days period falling within the offer period, during which the eligible shareholders who wish to accept the open offer can tender their shares in the open offer.

Tenure of tendering period [Regulation 18(8)]: The tendering period shall start not later than twelve working days from the date of receipt of comments from the SEBI under Regulation 16(4) and shall remain open for 10 working days.

Tendered shares shall not be withdrawn [Regulation 18(9)]: Shareholders who have tendered shares in acceptance of the open offer shall not be entitled to withdraw such acceptance during the tendering period.

Question 28.
The acquirer can opt-out of the open offer process at any point in time by informing the stock exchange wherein the shares of the target company are listed and furnishing a copy of the communication to the target company. Comment. [June 2015 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
In Nirma Industries Ltd. v. Securities & Exchange Board of India, the Supreme Court has held that an open offer for acquiring shares in Target Company once made cannot be withdrawn except in cases where it specifically allowed to withdraw under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.

Thus, the acquirers should make a ‘Public Offer’ only after the most careful consideration and must ensure that it is able to implement the offer. Referring to Regulation 27, the Supreme Court observed that a public offer once made could not be withdrawn except in the circumstances provided in the said Regulation which had to be construed strictly.

Question 29.
Revision of offer price can be made by the acquirer upward but that can be exercised only in the event of there being a competing offer. Comment. [June 2015 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Revision of offer price [Regulation 18(4) & (5)]: Irrespective of whether a competing offer has been made, an acquirer may make upward revisions to the offer price, to the number of shares sought to be acquired under the open offer, at any time prior to the commencement of the last 1 working day before the commencement of the tendering period.

In the event of any revision of the open offer, whether by way of an upward revision in offer price or of the offered size, the acquirer shall:
(a) make corresponding increases to the amount kept in an escrow account prior to such revision;
(b) make an announcement in respect of such revisions in all the newspapers in which the detailed public statement pursuant to the public announcement was made; and
(c) simultaneously with the issue of such an announcement, inform the SEBI, all the stock exchanges on which the shares of the target company are listed, and the target company at its registered office.

Question 30.
The acquisition of shares resulting from invocation of pledges by a public financial institution is exempt from open offer obligation. Comment. [June 2015 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Regulation 10 of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Take-overs) Regulations, 2011 provides for automatic exemptions from the applicability of making Open Offer to the shareholders of the Target Company in respect of certain acquisitions subject to the compliance of certain conditions specified therein.

As per Regulation 10, acquisition in the ordinary course of business by Invocation of pledge by Scheduled Commercial Banks or Public Financial Institutions as a pledgee is covered in general exemption and hence given statement is correct.

Question 31.
How is the open offer price for the acquisition of shares of a listed target company whose shares are frequently traded determined? [June 2015 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Offer Price [Regulation 8(1)]: The open offer for acquiring shares under Regulation 3, 4, 5, or 6 shall be made at a price not lower than the price determined in accordance with Regulation 8(2) or (3).

Determination of offer price – direct acquisition [Regulation 8(2)]: In the case of direct acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or control over the target company, and indirect acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or control over the target company where the parameters referred to in Regulation 5(2) are met, the offer price shall be the highest of –
(a) The highest negotiated price per share of the target company for any acquisition under the agreement attracting the obligation to make a public announcement of an open offer.

(b) The volume-weighted average price paid or payable for acquisitions, whether by the acquirer or by any person acting in concert with him in the last 52 weeks before the date of the public announcement.

(c) The highest price paid or payable for any acquisition, whether by the acquirer or by any person acting in concert with him in the last 26 weeks before the date of the public announcement.

(d) The volume-weighted average market price of such shares for a period of 60 trading days immediately preceding the date of the public announcement as traded on the stock exchange where the maximum volume of trading in the shares of the target company are recorded during such period, provided such shares are frequently traded.

(e) Where the shares are not frequently traded, the price determined by the acquirer and the manager to the open offer taking into account valuation parameters including, book value, comparable trading multiples, and such other parameters as are customary for valuation of shares of such companies.

(f) The per-share value computed under Regulation 8(5), if applicable.

Determination of offer price – indirect acquisition [Regulation 8(3)]: In the case of indirect acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or control over the target company, where the parameter referred to in Regulation 5(2) are not met, the offer price shall be the highest of –
(a) The highest negotiated price per share of the target company for any acquisition under the agreement attracting the obligation to make a public announcement of an open offer.

(b) The volume-weighted average price paid or payable for any acquisition, whether by the acquirer or by any person acting in concert with him, during the 52 weeks immediately preceding the earlier of, the date on which the primary acquisition is contracted, and the date on which the intention or the decision to make the primary acquisition is announced in the public domain.

(c) The highest price paid or payable for any acquisition, whether by the acquirer or by any person acting in concert with him, during the 26 weeks immediately preceding the earlier of, the date on which the primary acquisition is contracted, and the date on which the intention or the decision to make the primary acquisition is announced in the public domain.

(d) The highest price paid or payable for any acquisition, whether by the acquirer or by any person acting in concert with him, between the earlier of, the date on which the primary acquisition is contracted, and the date on which the intention or the decision to make the primary acquisition is announced in the public domain, and the date of the public announcement of the open offer for shares of the target company.

(e) The volume-weighted average market price of the shares for a period of 60 trading days immediately preceding the earlier of, the date on which the primary acquisition is contracted, and the date on which the intention or the decision to make the primary acquisition is announced in the public domain, as traded on the stock exchange where the maximum volume of trading in the shares of the target company are recorded during such period, provided such shares are frequently traded.

(f) The per-share value computed under Regulation 8(5).

Question 32.
Aspire Ltd. is the target company in respect of which an acquirer made an open offer for the acquisition of shares and the open offer has commenced. Dreams Ltd. is the subsidiary of Aspire Ltd. Dreams Ltd. signed the loan agreements with financial institutions for major capital expenditure for its expansion project and started withdrawing the loan amount during the open offer period. The said borrowings are clearly within the ordinary course of its business.

No approval was taken by Aspire Ltd. from its shareholders nor did Dreams Ltd. obtain the approval from its shareholders. The internal auditors have opined that the target company has violated the provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 as no approval was obtained by the shareholders of the target company for the borrowings affected.

The statutory auditors have agreed with the views of the internal auditors and pointed out that the target company Aspire Ltd. has failed in its obligations that are required to be complied with during the offer period in terms of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 as approval of its members by way of a special resolution through the mechanism of the postal ballot was not obtained. Moreover, they maintained that Dreams Ltd. borrowed money for its expansion program when the open offer of the target company was on and therefore Dreams Ltd. violated the provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.
State in clear terms whether there is a violation of the provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 by Aspire Ltd. or Dreams Ltd. [June 2015 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 26(2) of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, during the offer period, unless the approval of shareholders of the target company by way of a special resolution by postal ballot is obtained, the board of directors of either the target company or any of its subsidiaries shall not affect any material borrowings outside the ordinary course of business.

It is clearly stated in facts of a given case that – “borrowings are clearly within the ordinary course of its business “and hence Aspire Ltd. or its subsidiary Dreams Ltd. had not violated any provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 and views of the internal and statutory auditor that there is a violation of Regulations is not correct.

Question 33.
Sameer, an acquirer along with persons acting in concert (PACs) is holding 23% shares in Purpleberry Ltd. (a BSE listed company). Now, he intends to acquire 3% additional equity shares in Purpleberry Ltd. through the secondary market in the current financial year. He is acquiring less than 5% shares in the financial year and is of the view that he need not make an open offer to the public. Give your opinion regarding the need to make an open offer to the public. [Dec. 2015 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 3 of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and ) Takeovers) Regulations, 2011, an acquirer, who along with PACs holds less than | 25% shares or voting rights in a target company and agrees to acquire shares I or acquires shares which would entitle him to exercise 25% or more shares or voting rights in a target company, will need to make a public announcement i of making an open offer to acquire the shares before acquiring such additional shares.

Sameer, an acquirer along with persons acting in concert (PACs) is holding 23% shares in Purpleberry Ltd. and intends to acquire 3% additional equity shares which will entitle him to exercise 25% or more shares or voting rights
in Purpleberry Ltd. and thus he will have made a public announcement of making an open offer to acquire another 26% shares as required by the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.

Question 34.
The voting rights of Vaibhav Pharma Ltd. (VPL) which is one of the promoter company of Poorvi Adhesive Ltd. (PAL) has increased beyond 75% of the total paid-up capital of the company due to the buy-back of shares by PAL pursuant to section 68. The SEBI issued a show-cause notice to VPL alleging that they had to make a public announcement to acquire shares from the shareholders of the company and by not doing so they have violated provisions of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. Give your comments. [Dec. 2015 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 10(3) of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 provides that – “an increase in voting rights in a target company of any shareholder beyond the limit attracting an obligation to make an open offer pursuant to buy-back of shares by the target company shall be exempt from the obligation to make an open offer provided such shareholder reduces his shareholding such that his voting rights fall to below the threshold referred to Regulation 3(1) within 90 days from the date of the closure of the said buy-back offer”.

Further Regulation 10(4)(c) of the said regulations, any increase in voting rights in a target company of any shareholder pursuant to buy-back of shares shall be exempt from the obligation to make an open offer under Regulation 3(2) provided that:

  1. such shareholder has not voted in favor of the resolution authorizing the buy-back of securities u/s 68 of the Companies Act, 2013;
  2. in the case of a shareholder resolution, voting is by way of the postal ballot;
  3. where a resolution of shareholders is not required for the buy-back, such shareholder, in his capacity as a director or any other interested director has not voted in favor of the resolution of the board of directors of the target company authorizing the buy-back of securities u/s 68 of the Companies Act, 2013; and
  4. the increase in voting rights does not result in an acquisition of control by such shareholders over the target company.

Considering the above discussion, the increase in voting rights of Vaibhav Pharma Ltd. in Poorvi Adhesive Ltd. due to the buy-back of shares pursuant to Section 68 is covered under the general exemption and hence Vaibhav Pharma Ltd. need not comply with provisions relating to the making of the open offer. However, Vaibhav Pharma Ltd. should comply with the conditions subject to which such exemption is available.

Question 35.
In the event of forfeiture of the amount lying in the escrow account, the acquirer shall be paid one-third of the amount forfeited in terms of Regulation 17(7) of SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. [June 2016 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Regulation 17 requires the acquirer to open an escrow account as a security for the performance of his obligations in terms of the public offer. The merchant banker is required to confirm that the financial arrangements are in place for fulfilling the obligations.

The amount will be used for timely fulfillment of the obligations or disposed of off as provided in Regulation 17. This is a strong deterrent against frivolous takeover offers and secures the interest of the public shareholders.

Thus, safeguards provided to shareholders in the takeover process can be summarized as follows:
1. Acquirer, before making a public announcement has to open an Escrow Account.

2. Merchant Banker to confirm adequate financial arrangements.

3. In case of failure of the acquirer to make payment, Merchant Banker to • distribute proceeds as under:

  • 1 /3rd of the escrow account to the target company.
  • 1 /3rd of the escrow account to the Investor Protection & Education Fund.
  • 1/3rd of the escrow account to be distributed pro-rata among the shareholders who have accepted the open offer.

The Merchant Banker is required to ensure that the rejected documents which | are kept in the custody of the Registrar/Merchant Banker are sent back to the | shareholder through Registered Post.

Question 36.
An offer in which the acquirer has stipulated a minimum level of acceptance is known as a ‘conditional offer’. Comment. [June 2016 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
An offer in which the acquirer has stipulated a minimum level of acceptance is known as a conditional offer.

Conditional offer [Regulation 19]: An acquirer may make an open offer conditional as to the minimum level of acceptance. However, where the open offer is pursuant to an agreement, such agreement shall contain a condition to the effect that in the event the desired level of acceptance of the open offer is not received the acquirer shall not acquire any shares under the open offer and the agreement attracting the obligation to make the open offer shall stand rescinded.

Where an open offer is made conditional upon minimum level of acceptances, the acquirer and persons acting in concert with him shall not acquire, during the offer period, any shares in the target company except under the open offer and any underlying agreement for the sale of shares of the target company pursuant to which the open offer is made.

Question 37.
Explain the term ‘persons acting in concert (PACs) with reference to SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. [June 2016 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
“Acquirer” means any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire whether by himself, or through, or with persons acting in concert with him, shares or voting rights in, or control over a target company.

In simple words, a person who acquires shares/voting rights/control directly or indirectly of the target company with persons acting in concert is called ‘Acquirer’.

Persons acting in concert [Regulation 2(q)]: Persons acting in concert means:
1. Persons who, with a common objective or purpose of acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or exercising control over a target company, pursuant to an agreement or understanding, formal or informal, directly or indirectly co-operate for the acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or exercise of control over the target company.

2. The persons falling within the following categories shall be deemed to be persons acting in concert with other persons within the same category unless the contrary is established:

  1. A company, its holding company, subsidiary company, and any company under the same management or control;
  2. A company, its directors, and any person entrusted with the management of the company;
  3. Directors of companies referred to in clauses (z) and (it) and associates of such directors;
  4. Promoters and members of the promoter group;
  5. Immediate relatives;
  6. A mutual fund, its sponsor, trustees, trustee company, and asset management company;
  7. A collective investment scheme and its collective investment management company, trustees and trustee company;
  8. A venture capital fund and its sponsor, trustees, trustee company, and asset management company;
  9. an alternative investment fund and its sponsor, trustees, trustee company, and manager;
  10. [Deleted]
  11. A merchant banker and its client, who is an acquirer;
  12. A portfolio manager and its client, who is an acquirer;
  13. Banks, financial advisors, and stockbrokers of the acquirer, or of any company which is a holding company or subsidiary of the acquirer, and where the acquirer is an individual, of the immediate relative of such individual. However, this clause shall not apply to a bank whose sole role is that of providing normal commercial banking services or activities in relation to an open offer under these regulations;
  14. An investment company or fund and any person who has an interest in such investment company or fund as a shareholder or unit holder having not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the investment company or unit capital of the fund, and any other investment company or fund in which such person or his associate holds not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of that investment company or unit capital of that fund. However, nothing contained in this clause shall apply to the holding of units of mutual funds registered with the SEBI.

Explanation: “Associate” of a person means –
(a) Any immediate relative of such person;
(b) Trusts of which such person or his immediate relative is a trustee;
(c) Partnership firm in which such person or his immediate relative is a partner; and
(d) Members of Hindu undivided families of which such person is a coparcener.

Question 38.
‘General exemptions’ under regulation 10 and ‘Exemption by SEBI’ under regulation 11 of SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 are one and the same. Comment. [June 2016 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Exemptions from the open offer: Exemption maybe – 4- Automatic Exemption [Regulation 10]
Exemption by SEBI [Regulation 11]:
Regulation 10 provides for automatic exemptions from the applicability of making an Open Offer to the shareholders of the Target Company in respect of certain acquisitions subject to the compliance of certain conditions specified therein.

As per Regulation 11, the SEBI may for reasons recorded in writing, grant exemption from the obligation to make an open offer for acquiring shares subject to such conditions as the SEBI deems fit to impose in the interests of investors in securities and the securities market.

The SEBI may for reasons recorded in writing, grant a relaxation from strict compliance with any procedural requirement subject to such conditions as the SEBI deems fit to impose in the interests of investors in securities and the securities market.

Considering the above discussion it is incorrect to say that ‘General Exemp-tions’ under regulation 10 and ‘Exemption by SEBI’ under regulation 11 of SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 are one and the same.

Question 39.
An open offer can be withdrawn under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. Comment. [Dec. 2016 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
In Nirma Industries Ltd. v. Securities & Exchange Board of India, the Supreme Court has held that an open offer for acquiring shares in Target Company once made cannot be withdrawn except in cases where it specifically allowed to withdraw under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011.

Thus, the acquirers should make a ‘Public Offer’ only after the most careful consideration and must ensure that it is able to implement the offer. Referring to Regulation 27, the Supreme Court observed that a public offer once made could not be withdrawn except in the circumstances provided in the said Regulation which had to be construed strictly.

Question 40.
What are the obligations of the committee of independent directors of the target company with regard to providing reasoned recommendations on the open offer being made by the acquirers? [June 2017 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Regulation 26(7), the committee of independent directors shall provide its written reasoned recommendations on the open offer to the shareholders of the target company and such recommendations shall be published in such form as may be specified, at least 2 working days before the commencement of the tendering period, in the same newspapers where the public announcement of the open offer was published, and simultaneously, a copy of the same shall be sent to –

  1. The SEBI;
  2. All the stock exchanges on which the shares of the target company are listed, and the stock exchanges shall forthwith disseminate such information to the public; and
  3. The manager to the open offer, and where there are competing offers, to the manager to the open offer for every competing offer.

Question 41.
What is a “Voluntary Offer” as per Regulation 6 of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011? [June 2017 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Voluntary Offer [Regulation 6(1)]: An acquirer, who together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights in a target company entitling them to exercise 2596 or more but less than the maximum permissible non-public shareholding (i.e. 7596), shall be entitled to voluntarily make a public announcement of an open offer for acquiring shares subject to their aggregate shareholding after completion of the open offer not exceeding the maximum permissible non-public shareholding.

However, where an acquirer or PAC has acquired shares of the target company in the preceding 52 weeks without attracting the obligation to make a public announcement of an open offer, he shall not be eligible to voluntarily make a public announcement of an open offer for acquiring shares.

It is to be noted that during the offer period such acquirer shall not be entitled to acquire any shares otherwise than under the open offer.

Question 42.
Scheme of reconstruction pursuant to an order of a competent authority does not trigger open offer under SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011. Comment. [Dec. 2017 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Regulation 10 of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) j Regulations, 2011 had provided general exemption to acquisition pursuant to a scheme of arrangement involving the target company as a transferor company or as a transferee company, or reconstruction of the target company, including amalgamation, merger or demerger, pursuant to an order of a Tribunal or a competent authority under any law or regulation, Indian or foreign. Thus, provisions relating to open offers under SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 are not applicable in such cases.

Question 43.
What is a Voluntary Offer in acquiring shares in another company? State the restriction in terms of the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeovers) Regulations, 2011? [Dec. 2017 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Voluntary Offer [Regulation 6(1)]: An acquirer, who together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights in a target company entitling them to exercise 2596 or more but less than the maximum permissible non-public shareholding (i.e. 7596), shall be entitled to voluntarily make a public announcement of an open offer for acquiring shares subject to their aggregate shareholding after completion of the open offer not exceeding the maximum permissible non-public shareholding.

However, where an acquirer or PAC has acquired shares of the target company in the preceding 52 weeks without attracting the obligation to make a public announcement of an open offer, he shall not be eligible to voluntarily make a public announcement of an open offer for acquiring shares.

It is to be noted that during the offer period such acquirer shall not be entitled to acquire any shares otherwise than under the open offer.

Securities Laws and Capital Markets Questions and Answers

SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions

SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions

SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions

Question 1.
Explain the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 for the issue of shares to employees under a scheme of employees stock option.
Answer:
Employee Stock Option [Section 2(37)]: Employee stock option means the option given to the whole-time directors, officers, or employees of a company, which gives such directors, officers, or employees the benefit or right to purchase or subscribe at a future date, the securities offered by the company at a pre-determined price.

As per Section 62(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, a company can offer shares to employees under a scheme of employees stock option by passing a special resolution and complying with specified conditions.

A listed company issuing employee stock options has to comply with the provisions of the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014.

An unlisted company issuing employee stock options has to comply with the provisions of Rule 12 of the Companies (Share Capital & Debentures) Rules, 2014.

For the purpose of Section 68(2) and Rule 12, ‘employee’ means:
(a) A permanent employee of the company who has been working in India or outside India or
(b) A director of the company, whether a whole-time director or not but excluding an independent director or
(c) An employee of a subsidiary, in India or outside India, or of a holding company of the company but does not include:

  1. An employee who is a promoter or a person belonging to the promoter group or
  2. A director who either himself or through his relative or through anybody corporate, directly or indirectly, holds more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the company.

However, in the case of a startup company, the conditions mentioned in sub-clauses (1) and (2) shall not apply up to 5 years from the date of its incorporation or registration.

Question 2.
What disclosures are required to be made in the ‘Directors Report’ for ESOS & ESPS? [June 2009 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
The Board of Directors is required to disclose the following details in relation to ESOS & ESPS in the Director’s Report:

  • Options granted
  • Pricing formula
  • Options vested
  • Options exercised
  • Total number of shares arising as a result of the exercise of the option
  • Options lapsed
  • Variation of terms of options
  • Money realized by exercise of options
  • Total number of options in force
  • Employee-wise details of options
  • Diluted Earnings Per Share (DEPS)
  • Weighted-average exercise prices and weighted-average fair values of options

A description of the method and significant assumptions used during the year to estimate the fair values of options, including the following weighted-average information:

  • Risk-free interest rate
  • Expected life
  • Expected volatility
  • Expected dividends and
  • Price of the underlying share in the market at the time of option grant.

Question 3.
What do you understand by ‘Stock Appreciation Rights Schemes’ (SARs)? Explain with a suitable example.
Answer:
Stock appreciation rights (SARs) are additional compensation given to employees that are based on any increases in the price of company stock over a predetermined period of time. Employees benefit when the stock price rises, and are unaffected when the stock price declines. SARs can improve upon the stock option concept since there is no requirement for employees to pay for the exercise price of the stock. The payouts under a SARs plan are usually in cash, though the plan can be reconfigured to allow for payments in stock.

Example: An employee is granted 1,000 SARs, which cover any appreciation in the stock’s market price over the next 3 years. Suppose the current price is ₹ 225 per share.

If at the end of 3 years, the stock price rises to ₹ 250 per share. Consequently, the employee receives payment of ₹ 25,000 (1,000 SARs × ₹ 25 price increase per share).

Alternatively, the employee can be offered 100 shares for appreciation in the price of the stock. (25,000 4- 250)

Question 4.
How the various share-based employees benefit schemes can be implemented under the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014?
Answer:
Implementation of schemes [Regulation 3(1)]: A company may implement share-based employees benefit schemes either:
(a) directly or
(b) by setting up an irrevocable trust(s).

However, if the scheme is to be implemented through a trust the same has to be decided upfront at the time of taking approval of the shareholders for setting up the schemes:

If the scheme involves secondary acquisition or gift or both, then it is mandatory for the company to implement such schemes through a trust.
SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 – Securities Laws and Capital Markets Important Questions 1
Question 5.
Whether It is possible to implement several employees benefit schemes under a single trust? Also, state the essentials of such trust.
Answer:
Several schemes through single trust [Regulation 3(2)]: A company may implement several schemes as permitted under these regulations through a single trust.

Such single trust shall keep and maintain proper books of account, records, and documents, for each such scheme so as to explain its transactions and to disclose at any point of time the financial position of each scheme and in particular give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of each scheme.

Requirements for trust deeds [Regulation 3(3)]: SEBI may specify the minimum provisions to be included in the trust deed under which the trust is formed.

Trust deed and any modifications thereto shall be mandatorily filed with the stock exchange in India where the shares of the company are listed.

Question 6.
Which employees are eligible to participate in employees’ share-based benefit schemes? What type of procedural compliance is required when such nominee directors participate in such schemes?
Answer:
Eligibility [Regulation 4]: An employee shall be eligible to participate in the schemes of the company as determined by the compensation committee.

Explanation: Where such employee is a director nominated by an institution as to its representative on the board of directors of the company:
1. The contract or agreement entered into between the institution nominating its employee as the director of a company, and the director so appointed shall, inter alia, specify the following:
(a) whether the grants by the company under its schemes can be accepted by the said employee in his capacity as director of the company;

(b) that grant if made to the director, shall not be renounced in favor of the nominating institution; and

(c) the conditions subject to which fees, commissions, other incentives, etc. can be accepted by the director from the company.

  1. The institution nominating its employee as a director of a company shall file a copy of the contract or agreement with the said company, which shall, in turn, file the copy with all the stock exchanges on which its shares are listed.
  2. The director so appointed shall furnish a copy of the contract or agreement at the first board meeting of the company attended by him after his nomination.

Question 7.
Examining the provisions of the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014, answer the following:
(i) In which cases the company can make variations in the schemes?
(ii) What procedure has to be followed to make such variations?
(iii) In which cases the company may re-price the Options, SAR, or Shares?
Answer:
Variation of Terms of the schemes [Regulation 7]:
1. The company shall not vary the terms of the schemes in any manner, which may be detrimental to the interests of the employees. However, the company shall be entitled to vary the terms of the schemes to meet any regulatory requirements.

2. The company may by special resolution in a general meeting vary the terms of the schemes offered pursuant to an earlier resolution of the general body but not yet exercised by the employee provided such variation is not prejudicial to the interests of the employees.

3. The provisions of Regulation 6 shall apply to such variation of terms as they apply to the original grant of the option, SAR, shares, or other benefits, as the case may be.

4. The notice for passing the special resolution for variation of terms of the schemes shall disclose full details of the variation, the rationale, therefore, and the details of the employees who are beneficiaries of such variation.

5. A company may reprice the options, SAR, or shares, as the case may be which are not exercised, whether or not they have been vested if the schemes were rendered unattractive due to falling in the price of the shares in the stock market.

However, the company ensures that such re-pricing shall not be detrimental to the interest of the employees, and approval of the shareholders in general meetings has been obtained for such re-pricing.

Question 8.
Discuss briefly listing of shares issued pursuant to any employees share-based benefit scheme under the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014.
Answer:
Listing [Regulation 10]: In case a new issue of shares is made under any scheme, shares so issued shall be listed immediately in any recognized stock exchange where the existing shares are listed. Such listing is subject to the following conditions:

  • The scheme is in compliance with these regulations.
  • A statement as specified by SEBI is filed and the company has obtained in-principle approval from the stock exchanges.
  • As and when an exercise is made, the company notifies the concerned stock exchange as per the statement as specified by SEBI in this regard.

Question 9.
Write a short note on Accounting policies for employees share-based benefits
Answer:
Accounting Policies [Regulation 15]:
1. Any company implementing any of the share-based schemes shall follow the requirements of the ‘Guidance Note on Accounting for Employee share-based Payments’ or Accounting Standards as may be prescribed by the ICAI from time to time, including the disclosure requirements prescribed therein.

2. Where the existing Guidance Note or Accounting Standard does not prescribe accounting treatment or disclosure requirements for any of the schemes covered under these regulations then the company shall comply with the relevant Accounting Standard as may be prescribed by the ICAI from time to time.

Question 10.
Examining the provisions of the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014, answer the following:
(i) Is any pricing norms are applicable for ESOS?
(ii) What is the minimum vesting period for ESOS?
(iii) Whether shares issued pursuant to ESOS are subject to a lock-in period?
(iv) Whether an employee has the right to receive the dividend in respect of the option granted to him?
Answer:
Administration and implementation of ESOS [Regulation 16]: The ESOS shall contain the details of the manner in which the scheme will be implemented and operated.

No ESOS shall be offered unless the disclosures, as specified by SEBI are made by the company to the prospective option grantees.

Pricing of exercise price in ESOS Scheme [Regulation 17]: The company granting an option to its employees pursuant to ESOS will have the freedom to | determine the exercise price subject to conforming to the accounting policies.

Vesting Period [Regulation 18(1)]: There shall be a minimum vesting period of 1 year in the case of ESOS. However, in the case where options are granted by a company under an ESOS in lieu of options held by a person under an ESOS in another company that has merged or amalgamated with that company, the period during which the options granted by the transferor company were held by him shall be adjusted against the minimum vesting period for transferee company.

Lock-in period for shares under ESOS Scheme [Regulation 18(2)]: The Company may specify the lock-in period for the shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the option.

Rights of the option holder [Regulation 19]: The employee shall not have the right to receive any dividend or to vote or in any manner enjoy the benefits of a shareholder in respect of option granted to him, till shares are issued upon exercise of the option.

A consequence of failure to exercise option [Regulation 20]: The amount payable by the employee at the time of grant of option:
(a) may be forfeited by the company if the option is not exercised by the employee within the exercise period or
(b) maybe refunded to the employee if the options are not vested due to non-fulfillment of conditions relating to vesting of option as per the ESOS.

Question 11.
As a company secretary of listed company advise the board of directors of your company various steps to be taken for implementation of Employees Stock Option Purchase Scheme.
Answer:
Procedure for issuing ESOP by a Listed Company

  • Hold a Board Meeting to consider and approve ESOP and the formation of the Compensation Committee.
  • The compensation committee shall plan to draft the scheme of ESOP.
  • Hold Board Meeting to adopt the final scheme, appoint the Merchant banker and approve the notice of the General Meeting for shareholders approval.
  • Hold General Meeting for approval of shareholders.
  • Make an application to the stock exchange for obtaining in-principle approval of the stock exchange.
  • Issue of letter of the grant of an option to the eligible employees along with the letter of acceptance of option.
  • On receipt of the letter of acceptance of the option along with upfront payment (if any), the employee issue the option certificates.
  • After the expiry of the vesting period, not less than one year the options shall vest in the employee. At that time, the Company shall issue a letter of vesting along with the letter of exercise of options.
  • Receive letter of exercise from the employees.
  • Hold a Board Meeting at a suitable interval during the exercise period for allotment of shares on options exercised by the option grantee.
  • Dispatch of letter of allotment along with the share certificates or credit the shares so allotted with the Depositories.
  • Make an application to the Stock exchange for the listing of the shares so allotted.

Question 12.
Write a short note on Employees Stock Purchase Scheme (ESPS) [Dec 2010 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
“Employee stock purchase scheme or ESPS” means a scheme under which a company offers shares to employees, as part of a public issue or otherwise, or through a trust where the trust may undertake secondary acquisition for the purposes of the scheme.

In simple words, under the Employees Stock Purchase Scheme (ESPS), employees are given an option to purchase shares on the spot at a discounted price.

Important provisions relating to ESPS are summarized below:

  • The companies are free to determine the price of shares to be issued under an ESPS.
  • Shares issued under an ESPS shall be locked in for a minimum period of one year from the date of allotment.
  • If ESPS is part of a public issue and the shares are issued to employees at the same price as in the public issue, the shares issued to employees pursuant to ESPS shall not be subject to lock-in.

Question 13.
Write a short note on Employees Stock Option [June 2011 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
“Employee stock option scheme or ESOS” means a scheme under which a company grants an employee ‘stock option’ directly or through a trust.

It is the option given to employees of a company, which gives such employees the benefit or right to purchase or subscribe at a future date, the securities offered by the company at a pre-determined price.

Example: X Ltd. grants its employee a right to subscribe 1,000 shares at ₹ 50 when its market price is ₹ 140. An employee can exercise such right after 2 years.

If after two years the price of the share is ₹ 180, the employee will exercise the option and can take 1,000 shares at ₹ 50. Assume that there is no lock-in period and the employee decides to sell the shares immediately. Total benefit to employee is ₹ 1,30,000 [(180 – 50) × 1,000].

If after two years the price of shares is ₹ 40 then the employee will not exercise the option as he will lose his money. Thus, ESOS is ‘option’ but not ‘obligation’.

Question 14.
Write a short note on Employees Stock Purchase Scheme (ESPS) [Dec 2012 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
“Employee stock purchase scheme or ESPS” means a scheme under which a company offers shares to employees, as part of a public issue or otherwise, or through a trust where the trust may undertake secondary acquisition for the purposes of the scheme.

In simple words, under the Employees Stock Purchase Scheme (ESPS), employees are given an option to purchase shares on the spot at a discounted price.

Important provisions relating to ESPS are summarized below:

  • The companies are free to determine the price of shares to be issued under an ESPS.
  • Shares issued under an ESPS shall be locked in for a minimum period of one year from the date of allotment.
  • If ESPS is part of a public issue and the shares are issued to employees at the same price as in the public issue, the shares issued to employees pursuant to ESPS shall not be subject to lock-in.

Question 15.
Distinguish between: Employees Stock Option Scheme & Employees Stock Purchase Scheme [Dec 2012 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of difference between ESOS & ESPS:

Points Employees Stock Option Scheme Employees Stock Purchase Scheme
Meaning “Employee stock option scheme or ESOS” means a scheme under which a company grants an employee ‘stock option’ directly or through a trust. An employee stock purchase scheme or ESPS means a scheme under which a company offers shares to employees, as part of a public issue or otherwise, or through a trust where the trust may undertake secondary acquisition for the purposes of the scheme.
Purchase of shares Under ESOS employees are given an option to purchase shares at a later date ie. after the vesting period. Under ESPS employees are given an option to purchase shares on the spot at a discounted price.
Lock-in The company may specify the lock-in period for the shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the option. Shares issued under an ESPS shall be locked in for a minimum period of 1 year from the date of allotment.
Public issue ESOS has to be approved separately by the company in general meetings by passing a special resolution. It cannot be part of a public issue. Shares under ESPS can be issued as a part of a public issue.
Vesting period The minimum vesting period for ESOS is one year. No vesting periods for ESPS as shares are offered on the spot.
Compensation Committee A company has to constitute a Compensation Committee for administration & superintendence of the ESOS. There is no such requirement for ESPS.

Question 16.
The option to participate in ESOS is not open for all employees of the company. Comment. [Dec 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
As per the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 employees which get covered as per Regulation 2(1)(f) are eligible to participate in the scheme.

Employee [Regulation 2( 1)(f)]: Employee means:

  1. A permanent employee of the company who has been working in India or outside India or
  2. A director of the company, whether a whole-time director or not but excluding an independent director or
  3. An employee as defined in clause (1) or (2) of a subsidiary, in India or outside India, or of a holding company of the company but does not include:
    (a) An employee who is a promoter or a person belonging to the promoter group or
    (b) A director who either himself or through his relative or through any body corporate, directly or indirectly, holds more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the company.

Thus, it is correct to say that the option to participate in ESOP/ESPS is not open for all employees of the company.

Question 17.
What is an employee stock option plan? Explain the importance of such plans in modern times. [Dec 2017 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) or Employee Stock Option Scheme (ESOS) is a plan or scheme under which the company grants employee stock options. Employee stock option is a contract that gives the employees of the enterprise the right, but not the obligation, for a specified period of time to purchase or subscribe to the shares of the company at a fixed or determinable price which is generally lower than the prevailing market price of its shares.

The importance of these plans lies in the following advantages which accrue to both the company and the employees:

  • Stock options provide an opportunity for employees to participate and contribute to the growth of the company.
  • The stock option creates long-term wealth in the hands of the employees.
  • They are important means to attract, retain and motivate the best available talent for the company.
  • It creates a common sense of ownership between the company and its employees.

Question 18.
Explain the Stock Appreciation Rights Scheme (SARS). [Dec 2018 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Stock appreciation rights (SARs) are additional compensation given to employees that are based on any increases in the price of company stock over a predetermined period of time. Employees benefit when the stock price rises, and are unaffected when the stock price declines. SARs can improve upon the stock option concept since there is no requirement for employees to pay for the exercise price of the stock. The payouts under a SARs plan are usually in cash, though the plan can be reconfigured to allow for payments in stock.

Example: An employee is granted 1,000 SARs, which cover any appreciation in the stock’s market price over the next 3 years. Suppose the current price is ₹ 225 per share.

If at the end of 3 years, the stock price rises to ₹ 250 per share. Consequently, the employee receives payment of ₹ 25,000 (1,000 SARs × ₹25 price increase per share).

Alternatively, the employee can be offered 100 shares for appreciation in the price of the stock. (25,000 4- 250)

Question 19.
Answer the following with reference to the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014, as to whether these are the eligible employees under Employee Stock Option? (Yes/No with reasons)
(i) Ankit is a permanent employee deputed in the USA for a specific project.
(ii) Smart Ltd. is an independent company.
(iii) Anil is a promoter and employee.
(iv) Aneesh is a director holding 11% of the outstanding equity shares of the company.
(v) If it is a Start-up company, will the situation be the same in (iii) & (iv) above? [Dec 2018(5 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Section 62(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, a company can offer S shares to employees under a scheme of Employees Stock Option by passing a special resolution and complying with specified conditions.

A listed company issuing employee stock options has to comply with the provisions of the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014.

An unlisted company issuing employee stock options has to comply with the provisions of Rule 12 of the Companies (Share Capital & Debentures) Rules, 2014.

For the purpose of Section 68(2) and Rule 12, ‘Employee’ means:

  • A permanent employee of the company who has been working in India or outside India.
  • A director of the company, whether a whole-time director or not but excluding an independent director.
  • An employee of a subsidiary, in India or outside India, or of a holding company of the company but does not include:
    1. An employee who is a promoter or a person belonging to the promoter group or
    2. A director who either himself or through his relative or through any body corporate, directly or indirectly, holds more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the company.

However, in the case of a startup company, the conditions mentioned in sub-clauses (z) and (ii) shall not apply up to 5 years from the date of its incorporation or registration.

Considering the above provisions and definition of ‘employee’ as given in Rule 12 j of the Companies (Share Capital & Debentures) Rules, 2014, the answer to the given problem is as under:

  1. Ankit being a permanent employee is covered by the definition of ‘employee’ and hence eligible for benefits under the Employees Stock Option Scheme.
  2. Smart Ltd. being a company is not covered by the definition of ‘employee’ and hence not eligible for benefits under the Employees Stock Option Scheme.
  3. Anil being a promoter is not covered by the definition of ’employee’ and hence not eligible for benefits under the Employees Stock Option Scheme,
  4. Aneesh is a director and he holds more than 10% shares; he is not covered by the definition of ‘employee’ and hence not eligible for benefits under the Employees Stock Option Scheme.
  5. If the company is a Start-up Company then Anil and Aneesh will be eligible for benefits under the Employees Stock Option Scheme.

Question 20.
Your Board of directors is contemplating to take-up the agenda to issue ESOS in the next meeting. Being a Company Secretary, advise your Board of directors about a brief procedure for issuing securities under SEBI Employees Stock Option Scheme (ESOS) by a listed Company. [June 2019 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Procedure for issuing ESOP by a Listed Company

  • Hold a Board Meeting to consider and approve ESOP and the formation of the Compensation Committee.
  • The compensation committee shall plan to draft the scheme of ESOP.
  • Hold Board Meeting to adopt the final scheme, appoint the Merchant banker and approve the notice of the General Meeting for shareholders approval.
  • Hold General Meeting for approval of shareholders.
  • Make an application to the stock exchange for obtaining in-principle approval of the stock exchange.
  • Issue of letter of the grant of an option to the eligible employees along with the letter of acceptance of option.
  • On receipt of the letter of acceptance of the option along with upfront payment (if any), the employee issue the option certificates.
  • After the expiry of the vesting period, not less than one year the options shall vest in the employee. At that time, the Company shall issue a letter of vesting along with the letter of exercise of options.
  • Receive letter of exercise from the employees.
  • Hold a Board Meeting at a suitable interval during the exercise period for allotment of shares on options exercised by the option grantee.
  • Dispatch of letter of allotment along with the share certificates or credit the shares so allotted with the Depositories.
  • Make an application to the Stock exchange for the listing of the shares so allotted.

Securities Laws and Capital Markets Questions and Answers

Choice of a Business Organization – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Choice of a Business Organization – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Choice of a Business Organization – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Question 1.
Choosing a form of business entity is crucial to a successful organization. Comment.
Answer:
Business organization refers to all necessary arrangements required to conduct a business in an optimized manner. It refers to all those steps that need to be undertaken for establishing and maintaining the relationship between men, material, and machinery to carry on the business efficiently for earning profits

Merits and Demerits of Various business organizations: A business enterprise can be owned and organized in several forms. Each form of organization has its own merits and demerits. The ultimate choice of the form of business depends upon the balancing of the advantages and disadvantages of the various forms of business.

The right choice of the form of the business is very crucial because it determines the power, control, risk, and responsibility of the entrepreneur as well as the division of profits and losses.

Being a long-term commitment, the choice of the form of business should be made after considerable thought and deliberation.

Success and Growth of Business: The selection of a suitable form of business organization is an important entrepreneurial decision because it influences the success and growth of a business – e.g., it determines the division or distribution of profits, the risk associated with business, and so on.

Types of Business Entities: The certain types of business entities in India are Sole Proprietorship, Partnership, Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) Business, Limited Liability Partnership (LLP), Co-operative Societies, Branch Office and Company which may be any kind of company including One Person Company (OPC), Private Limited Company, Public Limited Company,

Guarantee Company, Subsidiary Company, Statutory Company, Insurance Company, or Unlimited Company.
Non-Profit Business Entity: Company formed u/s 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 is a non-profit business entity. There can also be Association of Persons (AOP) and Body of Individuals (BOI), Corporation, Co-operative Society, Trust, etc.

Question 2.
Why would you prefer a Limited Liability Partnership form of organization for setting up a business compared to a Private Limited Company?
Answer:
One can prefer a Limited Liability Partnership (LLP) form of organization for setting up a business compared to a Private Limited Company for the following reasons:
1. Cost of formation/incorporation: The cost of incorporation of LLP is lower as compared to a private company.

2. Process of incorporation: The process of incorporation of LLP is fast as compared to a private company.

3. Change in internal rules: Internal rules and regulation of LLP’s are governed by the LLP agreement which can be changed easily by making a change in agreement as per the LLP Act, 2008; whereas internal rules and regulation of the companies are governed by the Article of Association which requires special procedure ie. passing of the special resolution in shareholders meeting which is a time-consuming and costly process.

3. Meetings: In the LLP Act, there is no stipulation for meetings of partners either periodically or compulsory at the year-end; whereas every private company must hold AGM every year. Every private company must hold 4 board meetings and the gap between the two meetings should not be more than 3 months. Thus, in LLP business can be conducted without any meeting by the partners of the LLP.

5. Business: In an LLP, each partner has the authority to do so unless expressly prohibited by, the partnership terms; whereas in the case of a company no individual director can conduct the business of the company.

6. Borrowing power: There are no restrictions on the borrowing powers on the LLP; whereas there are restrictions on borrowings power on the companies.

7. Accounts: LLP can choose to maintain the accounts on a cash basis/ accrual basis; whereas private companies have to keep their accounts on an accrual basis.

8. Audit: Audit of LLP is not compulsory if the capital contributed does not exceed ₹ 25 lakh or if the turnover does not exceed t 40 lakhs; whereas audit of a company is compulsory.

9. Appointment of Company Secretary: Appointment of Company Secretary is not provided in the LLP Act, 2008; whereas private companies may be required to appoint Company Secretary if its paid-up capital exceeds the limit prescribed under the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 3.
Distinguish between : Partnership & Company [June 2005 (4 Marks)], [Dec. 2013 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between partnership and company:

Points Partnership Company
Meaning The partnership is the relation between persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all. A company means a company formed and registered under the Companies Act, 2013. A company may be a private company or a public company.
Legal status A partnership firm has no separate existence apart from its members. A company is a separate legal entity distinct from its member.
Governing Act The partnership is governed by the Partnership Act, 1932. A company is governed by the Companies Act, 2013.
Minimum membership Minimum two persons are required to form a partnership. A minimum number of the member required to form a company are:

  • For private company: 2
  • For public company: 7
  • For one person company: 1
Maximum membership A partnership with objects of acquisition for gains cannot be formed beyond 50 numbers of partners. [Section 464 read with Rule 10 of the Companies (Miscellaneous) Rules, 2014] The maximum number of member are:

  • For private company: 200
  • For public company: Unlimited
Registration Registration of partnership is not compulsory but the Partnership Act, 1932 had made it indirectly essential to enjoy certain benefits. Registration of the company is compulsory under the Companies Act, 2013.
Capital Minimum capital is not specified. Minimum capital for the private and public companies will be as specified in the rules.
[Prior to the Companies {Amendment) Act, 2015, minimum paid-up capital for private company was ₹ 1,00,000 & for public company was ₹ 5,00,000]
Management All partners have a right to take part in the day-to-day affairs of the firm. The affairs of the company are managed by the Board of Directors. Members cannot take part in day-to-day business.
Mutual agency Every partner is principal as well as an agent of other partners. A member of the company is not an agent of another member or company.
Transfer of interest A partner cannot transfer his interest without the consent of all other partners. A shareholder can freely transfer his share. However, private companies can put restrictions on transfer.
Liability of a member The liability of a partner is unlimited. The liability of a member is limited up to the unpaid amount on share.
Audit It not compulsory for partnership firms to get their accounts compulsorily audited. The company has to get their accounts compulsorily audited as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 4.
Distinguish between: Company & Club [June 2010 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between Company & Club:

Points Company Club
Meaning “Company” means a company formed and registered under this Act or an existing company as defined in the Companies Act, 2013. A club is an association of persons formed with the object to promote some common beneficial purpose.
Registration Registration of a company is compulsory. Registration of a club is not compulsory.
Profit motive Most of the companies are formed with a view to earning profit. Clubs are formed not to earn profit.
Audit The company has to get their accounts compulsorily audited as per the Companies Act, 2013. Clubs are not required to get their accounts audited.

Question 5.
The requirement of capital affects the choice of business organization. Comment. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Capital is one of the most crucial factors affecting the choice of a particular form of ownership organization.
Major Factors: Requirement of capital is closely related to the type of business and scale of operations

Heavy Capital: Enterprises requiring heavy investment (like iron and steel plants, large-scale infrastructure projects, etc.) should be organized as companies. Depending on the capital required, they can be set up as public companies and in some cases, maybe in the form of listed companies by raising money from the public and being listed on the stock exchanges.

Small Investment: Enterprises requiring small investment (like retail business stores, personal service enterprises, etc.) can be best organized as sole proprietorships or even as Partnerships. Apart from the initial capital required to start a business, the future capital requirements – to meet modernization, expansion, and diversification plans – also affect the choice of form of organization.

Sole Proprietorship’s Capital: In a sole proprietorship, the owner may raise additional capital by borrowing, by purchasing on credit, and investing additional amounts himself. Banks and suppliers, however, will look closely at the proprietor’s individual financial resources before sanctioning any loans or advances.

Partnerships Capital: Partnerships can often raise funds with greater ease since the resources and credit of all partners are combined in a single enterprise.

Companies Capital: Companies are usually best able to attract capital because

  • Investors are assured that their liability will be limited
  • Operations are in the public domain in a transparent manner
  • Easily accessible and
  • Ownership can be transferred to other investors.

Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Questions and Answers

Non-Banking Finance Companies (NBFC) – Economic, Business and Commercial Laws Important Questions

Non-Banking Finance Companies (NBFC) – Economic, Business and Commercial Laws Important Questions

Non-Banking Finance Companies (NBFC) – Economic, Business and Commercial Laws Important Questions

Question 1.
Discuss briefly the regulatory framework governing the Non-Banking Finance Companies (NBFC) in India.
Answer:
(a) Regulated by RBI: With the amendment of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 in January 1997, in terms of Section 45-IA, all Non-Banking | Financial Companies have to be mandatorily registered with the RBI.

(b) Governing Chapter: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is entrusted with the responsibility of regulating and supervising the Non-Banking Financial Companies by virtue of powers vested in Chapter III-B of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.

(c) Objective: The regulatory and supervisory objective is:

  • To ensure healthy growth of the financial companies;
  • To ensure that these companies function as a part of the financial system within the policy framework, in such a manner that their existence and functioning do not lead to systemic aberrations.

(d) Benefit: The quality of surveillance and supervision exercised by the RBI over the NBFCs is sustained by keeping pace with the developments that take place in the non-banking sector of the financial system.

Question 2.
Distinguish between: Banks and Non-Banking Financial Companies
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between Banks and Non-Banking Financial Companies:

Points Banks Non-Banking Financial Companies
Meaning The bank is an RBI authorized financial institution that aims at providing banking services to the general public. NBFC is a company engaged in the business of loans and advances, acquisition of shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, and securities issued by Government or local authority or other marketable securities of a like nature, leasing, hire-purchase, insurance business, and chit business.
Demand deposit Banks can accept terms deposits posits as well as demand deposits. NBFCs can accept only term de¬posit but not demand deposits.
Payment & settlement system. Banks form part of the payment settlement and settlement system. NBFCs do not form part of the payment and settlement system.
Cheque Banks can issue cheques drawn on themselves. NBFCs cannot issue cheques drawn on themselves.
Credit creation Banks are termed as creators of credit through money multiplier activity. NBFCs cannot be termed as creators of credit.
Transaction Banks provide a variety of services transaction services. NBFCs do not facilitate trans-action services.
Reserve ratios Banks are required to maintain reserve ratios with RBI. NBFCs are not required to maintain reserve ratios with RBI.
Deposit Insurance Available Not available

Question 3.
Write a short note on Asset Finance Company (AFC)
Answer:
An AFC is a company that is a financial institution carrying on as its principal business the financing of physical assets which supports the productive or economic activity of the organization to be financed.

Such type of NBFC may finance a large number of assets such as

  • Automobiles,
  • Tractors,
  • Lathe machines,
  • Generator sets,
  • Earthmoving and material handling equipment,
  • Moving on own power and
  • General-purpose industrial machines.

Principal business for this purpose is defined as aggregate of financing real or physical assets supporting economic activity and income arising there-from is not less than 60% of its total assets and total income respectively.

The asset finance companies can either be deposit-taking or non-deposit-taking.

Question 4.
What are the regulations relating to the acceptance of deposits by non-banking financial companies conferred under chapter III B of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934? [Dec. 2019 (4 marks)
Answer:
Some of the important regulations relating to acceptance of deposits by NBFCs are as under:

  • Term of Deposit: The NBFCs are allowed to accept/renew public deposits for a minimum period of 12 months and a maximum period
    of 60 months. They cannot accept deposits repayable on demand.
  • Interest Rate: NBFCs cannot offer interest rates higher than the ceiling rate prescribed by RBI from time to time. The interest may be paid or compounded at rests not shorter than monthly rests.
  • Incentives/gifts: NBFCs cannot offer gifts/incentives or any other additional benefit to the depositors.
  • Credit rating: NBFCs should have a minimum investment-grade credit rating.
  • Deposit Insurance: The deposits with NBFCs are not insured.
  • Guarantee by RBI: The repayment of deposits by NBFCs is not guaranteed by RBI.
  • Disclosures: Certain mandatory disclosures are to be made about the company in the Application Form issued by the company soliciting deposits.

Question 5.
What do you mean by a Non-Banking Financial Company? Enumerate the powers of the Reserve Bank of India vested in the RBI Act for regulating and supervising the Non- Banking Financial Companies. [Dec. 2018 (4 Maries)]
Answer:
(a) Meaning of NBFC: Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC):

  • is a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/2013;
  • engaged in the business of loans and advances, acquisition of shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, and securities issued by Government or local authority or other marketable securities of a like nature;
  • engaged in the business of leasing, hire-purchase, insurance business, and chit business.

NBFC does not include any institution whose principal business is that of:

  • Agriculture activity,
  • Industrial activity,
  • Purchase or sale of any goods or providing any services and
  • Sale/purchase/construction of the immovable property.

(b) Power of RBI for regulation and supervision of NBFC
1. The Reserve Bank has been given the powers under the RBI Act, 1934 to register, lay down policy, issue directions, inspect, regulate, supervise and exercise surveillance over NBFCs that meet the 50-50 criteria of principal business.

2. The regulatory and supervisory power of the Reserve Bank of India is as under:

  • Ensure healthy growth of NBFC’s
  • Issue certificate of registration and prescribe net owned fund for NBFC’s
  • Regulate or prohibit the issue of prospectus or advertisements soliciting deposits of money by NBFC’s
  • Determine the policy for NBFC’s
  • Call for information and issue directions to NBFC’s
  • Prevent the affairs of any NBFC being conducted in a manner detrimental to the interest of the depositors or in a manner prejudicial to the interest of the NBFC.

Question 6.
‘Non-Banking Financial Companies’ are akin to that of banks, but they differ from banks in certain cases. Explain. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
(a) Meaning of NBFC:

  1. A Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC) is a company registered under the Companies Act,
  2. Engaged in the business of loans and advances, acquisition of shares/stocks/bonds/ debentures /securities issued by Government or local authority or other marketable securities of a like nature, leasing, hire-purchase, insurance business, chit business
  3. It does not include any institution whose principal business is that of agriculture activity, industrial activity, purchase or sale of any goods (other than securities), or providing any services and sale/purchase/construction of the immovable property.

(b) Similarity between NBFC and Bank: NBFCs are doing functions similar to banks. NBFCs lend and make investments and hence their activities are akin to that of banks;

(c) Difference between NBFC and bank
There are a few differences as given below:

  • NBFC cannot accept demand deposits.
  • NBFCs do not form part of the payment and settlement system and cannot issue cheques drawn on themselves.
  • The deposit insurance facility of Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation is not available to depositors of NBFCs, unlike in the case of banks.

Question 7.
State the requirements for registration of Non-Banking Finance Company with Reserve Bank of India under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 [Dec. 2019(4 Marks each)]
Answer:
(a) In terms of Section 45-IA of the RBI Act, 1934, no Non-banking Financial Company can commence or carry on the business of a non-banking financial institution without obtaining a certificate of registration from the Reserve Bank of India. There are various broad categories of NBFC’s which can apply to and be registered with the RBI.

(b) However, for applying for registration, the NBFC should comply with the following:

  1. It should be a company registered under the Companies Act, and
  2. It should have a minimum net-owned fund.

Question 8.
Write a short note on Capital Requirements ‘Systemically Important Core Investment Company’
Answer:
(a) Meaning: “Systemically important Core Investment Company (CIC- ND-SI)” means a core investment company having total assets of not less than ₹ 100 crores either individually or in aggregate along with other CICs in the Group and which raises or holds public funds.

(b) Capital Requirements for ‘Systemically Important Core Investment Company (CIC-ND-SI):
Adjusted Net Worth of a CIC-ND-SI should at no point of time be less than 30% of its aggregate risk-weighted assets on the balance sheet and risk-adjusted value of off-balance sheet items as on the date of the last audited balance sheet as at the end of the financial year prescribed under the Core Investment Companies (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016.

(c) Directions: Such NBFC needs to comply with Core Investment Companies (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016.

Question 9.
Whether permission of RBI is necessary in case of acquisition by Systemically Important Core Investment Company of other Core Investment Company if the acquisition does not result in a change in management?
Answer:
Acquisition/Transfer of Control of Systemically Important Core Investment Company (CIC-ND-SI): A systemically important CIC, shall require a prior written permission of the RBI for the following:

  1. Any takeover or acquisition of control of CIC, which may or may not result in a change of management.
  2. Any change in the shareholding of CIC, including progressive increases over time, results in the acquisition/transfer of shareholding of 2696 or more of the paid-up equity capital of the CIC. However, prior approval shall not be required in case of any shareholding going beyond 26% due to buyback of shares/reduction in capital where it has the approval of a competent Court. The same is to be reported to the RBI not later than 1 month from its occurrence.
  3. Any change in the management of the CIC results in a change in more than 30% of the directors, excluding independent directors. However, prior approval shall not be required in the case of directors who get re-elected on retirement by rotation.
  4. CICs shall continue to inform the RBI regarding any change in their directors/management not later than 1 month from the occurrence of any change.

Question 10.
State the provisions relating to registration of the Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company under the relevant directions issued by the Reserve Bank of India.
Answer:
Registration: In exercise of the powers conferred under section 45-IA( 1 )(b) of the RBI Act, 1934 and all the powers enabling it in that behalf, the RBI, has specified? 200 lakhs as the Net Owned Fund (NOF) for a non-banking financial company to commence or carry on the business of the non-banking financial institution, except wherever otherwise a specific requirement as to NOF is prescribed by the RBI.

A non-banking financial company holding a Certificate of Registration issued by the RBI and having net owned fund of less than? 200 lakhs, may continue to carry on the business of the non-banking financial institution if such company achieves net owned fund of? 200 lakhs before April 1, 2017.

It will be incumbent upon such NBFCs, the NOF of which currently falls j below? 200 lakhs, to submit a statutory auditor’s certificate certifying compliance with the prescribed levels by the end of the period as given above.

NBFCs failing to achieve the prescribed level within the stipulated period shall not be eligible to hold the Certificate of Registration as NBFCs.

Question 11.
As a part of Corporate Governance, each ‘Applicable NBFC’ has to constitute some committees. Explain the role of each such committee.
Answer:
Constitution of Committees of the Board:
1. Audit Committee: All applicable NBFCs shall constitute an Audit Committee, consisting of not less than 3 members of its Board of Directors. The Audit Committee constituted u/s 177 of the Companies Act, 2013 shall be the Audit Committee for this purpose.

The Audit Committee shall have the same powers, functions, and duties as laid down in Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013.

The Audit Committee must ensure that an Information System Audit of the internal systems and processes is conducted at least once in two years to assess operational risks faced by the applicable NBFCs.

2. Nomination Committee: All applicable NBFCs shall form a Nomination Committee to ensure the fit and proper status of proposed/existing directors.

The Nomination Committee shall have the same powers, functions, and duties as laid down in Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013.

3. Risk Management Committee: To manage the integrated risk, all applicable NBFCs shall form a Risk Management Committee, besides the Asset Liability Management Committee.

Question 12.
State to whom the provisions of Non-Banking Financial Company – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit-Taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 shall apply? [Dec. 2018 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
The provisions of Non-Banking Financial Company – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 shall apply to the following:

  • Every Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC-ND-SI) registered with the RBI under the provisions of the RBI Act, 1934.
  • Every Deposit-taking Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC-D) registered with the RBI under the provisions of the RBI Act, 1934.
  • Every NBFC-Factor registered with the RBI u/s 3 of the Factoring Regulation Act, 2011 and having an asset size of ₹ 500 Crores and above.
  • Every Infrastructure Debt Fund – Non-Banking Finance Company (IDF-NBFC) registered with the RBI under the provisions of the RBI Act, 1934.
  • Every Non-Banking Finance Company – Micro Finance Institutions (NBFC-MFIs) registered with the RBI under the provisions of the RBI Act, 1934 and having an asset size of ₹ 500 Crores and above.
  • Every Non-Banking Finance Company – Infrastructure Finance Company (NBFC-IFC) registered with the RBI under the provisions of the RBI Act, 1934 and having an asset size of ₹ 500 Crores and above.

Question 13.
What are the reporting requirements for non-banking financial companies?
Answer:
Deposit accepting NBFCs are required to submit the following returns/ documents to the RBI:

  • NBS-1 Quarterly returns on deposits in First Schedule.
  • NBS-2 Quarterly return on Prudential Norms.
  • NBS-3 Quarterly return on Liquid Assets
  • NBS-4 Annual return of critical parameters by a rejected company holding public deposits.
  • NBS-5 This return stands withdrawn.
  1. Audited Balance sheet and Auditor’s Report by NBFC accepting public deposits.
  2. Branch Information Return.

Returns to be submitted by NBFCs-ND-SI:

  • NBS-7 Quarterly statement of capita! funds, risk-weighted assets, risk asset ratio, etc., for NBFC-ND-SI.
  • Monthly Return on Important Financial Parameters of NBFCs-ND-SI.
  • ALM returns such as:
  1. Statement of short term dynamic liquidity in format ALM [NBS- ALMl] – Monthly
  2. Statement of structural liquidity in format ALM [NBS-ALM2] – Half-yearly
  3. Statement of Interest Rate Sensitivity in format ALM [NBS-ALM3] – Half-yearly
  4. Branch Information return.

Economic, Business and Commercial Laws Questions and Answers

Financial Services Organization & its Registration Process – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Financial Services Organization & its Registration Process – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Financial Services Organization & its Registration Process – Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Important Questions

Question 1.
Discuss briefly the regulatory framework governing the Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) in India.
Answer:
1. Registered with RBI: With the amendment of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 in January 1997, in terms of Section 45-IA, all Non-Banking Financial Companies have to be mandatorily registered with the RBI.

2. Provision under RBI Act: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is entrusted with the responsibility of regulating and supervising the Non-Banking Financial Companies by virtue of powers vested in Chapter III-B of the p Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.

3. Objective: The regulatory and supervisory objective is:

  • To ensure healthy growth of the financial companies;
  • To ensure that these companies function as a part of the financial system within the policy framework, in such a manner that their existence and functioning do not lead to systemic aberrations.

The quality of surveillance and supervision exercised by the RBI over the NBFCs is sustained by keeping pace with the developments that take place in the non-banking sector of the financial system.

Question 2.
Distinguish between: Banks and Non-Banking Financial Companies
Answer:
Following are the main points of distinction between Banks and Non-Banking Financial Companies:

Points Banks

Non-Banking Financial Companies

Meaning The bank is an RBI-authorized financial institution that aims at providing banking services to the general public. NBFC is a company engaged in the business of loans and advances, acquisition of shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, and securities issued by the Government or local authority or other marketable securities of a like nature, leasing, hire- purchase, insurance business, and chit business.
Demand deposits Banks can accept term deposits as well as demand deposits. NBFCs can accept only term deposits but not demand deposits.
Payment & settlement system Banks form part of the payment and settlement system. NBFCs do not form part of the payment and settlement system.
Cheque Banks can issue cheques drawn on themselves. NBFCs cannot issue cheques drawn on themselves.
Credit creation Banks are termed as creators of credit through money multiplier activity. NBFCs cannot be termed as creators of credit.
Transaction services Banks provide a variety of transaction services. NBFCs do not facilitate transaction services.
Reserve ratios Banks are required to maintain reserve ratios with RBI. NBFCs are not required to maintain reserve ratios with RBI.

Question 3.
Explain the various advantages of NBFCs.
Answer:
Various advantages of NBFCs are as follows:
1. Competitive Interest Rates: Non-Banking Financial has brought down the interest rates to either equal to bank lending rates or at times even lower to bank rates. When the rate of interest is also lowered, borrowers found this more easy and affordable. This has also resulted in lower EMI (Equated Monthly Instalment) for borrowers.

2. Quick Processing: As compared to banks, NBFC’s are lenient towards eligibility criteria. This makes loan approval easier, a smoother process, and quicker. Most of the time, people apply for loans when they are in immediate need of money. NBFCs have taken this as an opportunity to meet the demand by quickly processing the loans at the competitive rate of interest. At times, borrowers are even ready to compromise on the interest rates if the loan amount is huge and if they could get it approved quickly.

3. fewer Rules and Regulations: The rules and regulations for lending are not as stringent as banks. Example: NBFC’s do not have statutory reserve ratios and can open branches at their will. This helps borrowers to get loans easily. In view of less complicated loan processing requirements, borrowers are highly satisfied. Even the loan amount approved will be quite lesser than the collateral value. This is due to the high risk of default.

4. Loan available for Individuals with Poor Credit Rating: Individuals with poor credit ratings generally will not get loans from banks. On the other hand, loans will be offered to individuals with low credit scores by NBFCs but most of the time the interest rates for such borrowers will be higher than market rates. Due to these aforementioned advantages, most of the NBFCs are growing.

5. NBFCs offer a variety of loans: Corporate sector prefers banks; however retail sector chooses NBFCs over banks. Simple loans such are vehicle financing loans, gold loans, home loans, and durable loans are offered by NBFCs and the customer satisfaction ratio is high here.

Question 4.
Rakesh is interested to form a Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC) for carrying business of providing microfinance in the rural areas in the name of ‘SABKO Loan Company Ltd.’. Advice him about the g various categories of NBFCs and let him know which category of NBFC will suit him for applying for the license. [Dec. 2018 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Before applying for NBFC License, the type and category of the NBFC license must first be determined. The following are the categories of NBFC Companies:
1. Asset Finance Company (AFC): An Asset Finance Company is a company which is a financial institution carrying on as its principal business the financing of physical assets such as automobiles, tractors, lathe machines, generator sets, earthmoving, and material handling equipment, moving on own power and general purpose industrial machines.

2. Investment Company: An Investment Company is any company that is a financial institution carrying on as its principal business the acquisition of securities (shares/bonds/other financial securities).

3. Loan Company: Loan Company is any company that is a financial institution carrying on as its principal business the providing of finance whether by making loans or advances or otherwise for any activity other than its own but does not include an Asset Finance Company.

4. Infrastructure Finance Company: Infrastructure Finance Company is a non-banking finance company that deploys at least 75% of its total assets in infrastructure loans, has a minimum Net Owned Funds of Rs. 300 crore, maintains a minimum credit rating of “A” or equivalent with a Capital to Risk Asset Ratio of 15%.

5. Systemically Important Core Investment Company: Systemically Important Core Investment Company is an NBFC with an asset size of over 100 crores, accepts public funds, and is involved in the business of acquisition of shares and securities subject to fulfillment of certain conditions.

6. Infrastructure Debt Fund: Infrastructure Debt Fund is a company registered as NBFC to facilitate the flow of long-term debt into infrastructure projects. Infrastructure Debt Funds raise resources through the issue of Rupee or Dollar denominated bonds of minimum 5 years maturity. Only Infrastructure Finance Companies can sponsor such companies.

7. NBFC: Micro Finance Institution: Micro Finance Institution is a non-deposit-taking NBFC that is engaged in microfinance activities.

8. NBFC Factor: NBFC Factor is a non-deposit-taking NBFC engaged in the principal business of factoring.

Looking into the features of various NBFCs, ‘Non-Banking Financial Company – Micro Finance Institution (NBFC-MFI) will suit Mr. Rakesh as this 1 is for carrying business of providing microfinance in the rural areas.

Question 5.
What do you understand by ‘Housing Finance Company (HFC)’? What are the basic registration requirements of such companies?
Answer:
Housing Finance Company (HFC):
Meaning: The Housing Finance Company in the form of Non-Banking Financial Company which is registered under the Companies Act, 1956/2013 and engaged in the principal business of financing of acquisition or construction of houses that includes the development of plots of lands for the construction of new houses.

Registration: Apart from registration under the Companies Act, 2013, Housing Finance Company (HFC) also requires registration with the National Housing Bank Act, 1987 for commencing or carrying on the business of housing finance.

Conditions for Housing Finance Company- In terms of Section 29A of the National Housing Bank Act, 1987, no Housing Finance Company shall commence or carry on the business of a housing finance institution without
(a) Obtaining a certificate of registration from National Housing Bank issued under Chapter V of the said Act, and
(b) Having the net owned fund of ₹ 10 Crore or such other higher amount, as the National Housing Bank may, by notification, specify.

Housing Finance Company cannot conduct the business of housing finance without obtaining a Certificate of Registration from NHB. The conduct of business without obtaining a certificate of registration is an offense punishable under the provisions of the National Housing Bank Act, 1987. NHB can also file applications for winding up of such HFC, u/s 33B of the said Act.

Different categories of HFCs registered with NHB: HFCs are categorized in terms of the type of liabilities, by NHB, into Deposit and Non-Deposit accepting HFCs and are issued Certificate of Registration accordingly.

Question 6.
With reference to Asset Reconstruction Company, answer the following:
(i) Who regulates the Asset Reconstruction Companies in India?
(ii) What functions are performed by Asset Reconstruction Companies (ARCs)?
(iii) What are the objectives of such companies?
Answer:
Governing law: Asset Reconstruction Company (Securitization Company/Reconstruction Company) is a company registered u/s 3 of the Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest (SARFAESI) Act, 2002.

Regulator: It is regulated by RBI as a Non-Banking Financial Company (u/s 45-I(f)( iii of RBI Act, 1934).

Exemption to ARC: RBI has exempted ARCs from the compliances of sections 45-IA, 45-IB & 45-IC of the RBI Act, 1934. ARC functions like an AMC within the guidelines issued by RBI.

Functions of ARC: As per RBI Notification ARC performs the following functions:

  1. Acquisition of financial assets
  2. Change or takeover of management/sale or lease of business of the borrower
  3. Rescheduling of debt
  4. Enforcement of security interest
  5. Settlement of dues payable by the borrower

Objectives of Asset Reconstructions Companies:
(a) NPA management: Asset Reconstructions companies are created to manage and recover Non-Performing Assets acquired from the banking system.

(b) Separate Entity to recover bad debts: Banks and financial institutions with a large proportion of their bad loans or Non-Performing Assets can sell to a separate entity Le. Asset Reconstruction Company.

(c) Recovery of Dues: Then Asset Reconstruction Companies recover a sum through attachment, liquidation, etc.

(d) Clean Books: They help banks in making clean their books by reducing Non-Performing Assets.

(e) Profit Making: Asset Reconstruction Companies are also making a profit by buying Non-Performing Assets at a lower price.

Question 7.
‘Asset Reconstruction Companies are created to manage and recover Non-Performing Assets’ – Comment referring to the functions and benefits of Asset Reconstruction Companies. [Dec. 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
As per RBI Notification No. DNBS.2/CGM(CSM)-2003, dated April 23,2003,
Asset Reconstruction Company (ARC) performs the following functions:

  1. Acquisition of financial assets
  2. Change or takeover of management/sale or lease of business of the borrower
  3. Rescheduling of debt
  4. Enforcement of security interest
  5. Settlement of dues payable by the borrower

The benefits of incorporating an ARC are as under:

  1. Banks can focus better on managing the core business including providing new business opportunities for the ARC.
  2. Restoration of depositor and investor confidence by ensuring the lender’s financial health.
  3. It will help in building industry expertise in loan resolution and re-structuring management besides serving as a catalyst for important legal reforms in bankruptcy procedures and loan collection.
  4. ARCs play an important role in developing capital markets through secondary asset instruments.

Question 8.
What are Micro Finance Institutions?
Answer:
MFIs are financial institutions working towards the upliftment of the needy and underprivileged section of society by providing short-term loans to set up their own venture. They take a minimum or very calculated risk and fund the interested borrowers to help them get trained, set up, and run a small-scale business. Microfinance institutions apart from giving financial help also educate people about the current market trends and help them compete in the present market.

These financial institutions usually do not make any guarantee or ask for any kind of collateral from the borrower to lend money. This is where these institutions stand out from the traditional banking organizations. While banks are quite reluctant about lending money to the poor unemployed crowd considering them as high-risk components, MFIs are specially dedicated to providing all the necessary financial help to this section of society.

These organizations not only take the risk of funding them but also work with them to ensure that the offered money gets utilized appropriately. They contribute in every possible way to uplift the underbanked section and make them financially independent.

Types of MFIs in India: MFIs operate in a number of forms and shapes § in India. Though each of them has a different formation and work nature, f they all provide financial help to the needy section of the society in the form of loans and other financial products.

Here are the details of the various types of MFIs in India:

  • JLG or Joint Liability Group
  • SHG or Self Help Group
  • The Grameen Bank Model
  • Rural Co-operatives

Question 9.
Write a short note on Characteristics of Micro Finance Institutions
Answer:
There are a number of features that make Micro Finance Institutions different from formal banking organizations.

Here are some of the key features of the MFIs in India:

  • Low Income Group: These institutions offer loans to individuals who belong to the low-income group.
  • The loans that are offered by these institutions are of small amounts and are known as microloans.
  • Security: No collateral for a loan is required.
  • Short Period: MFIs provide loans to the borrowers for a short period, once they repay the loan they can again opt for another one.
  • Transaction cost is low.
  • Loan for Business: MFIs give loans to people who want to start up a business of their own without any security or collateral.
  • The repayment frequency of the microloans offered by MFIs is high and the borrower needs to repay the amount at quick intervals.
  • Self Employment: In most cases, the loans are provided by these organizations for income-generation purposes.

Question 10.
“Concept of self-help group” is the most exciting discovery in the context of Microfinance. Explain the terms and features of microfinance [Dec. 2019 (4 Marks Each)]
Answer:
NABARD has defined microfinance as “provision of thrift, credit and other financial services and products of very small amounts to the poor in rural, semi-urban and urban areas provided to customers to meet their financial needs; with the only qualification that

  1. transactions value is small and
  2. customers are poor.”

The Indian microfinance scene is dominated by SHGs and their linkage with banks. This has helped in the empowerment of women and the eradication of property among people with low income.

Microfinance provides a greater menu of options whereby the small loan can be garnered not just from external sources but also through self-mobilization, by way of saving and sale of assets.

The biggest flexibility in the case of microfinance is the lack of any physical collateral, even in the case of a loan from the bank.

The characteristics of MFI’s may be summarised as under:

  • The size of the loan given by the MFI is small.
  • The repayment period is short.
  • MFI can mobilize resources both from internal and external sources.
  • No collateral for a loan is required.
  • The purpose of the end-use of loans is flexible.
  • Loans given are mostly group loans, trickling down to individuals.
  • Transaction cost is low, due to group lending.

Question 11.
Write a short note on Characteristics of a Nidhi Company
Answer:
NBFC: A Nidhi Company, is one that belongs to the non-banking finance sector and is recognized u/s 406 of the Companies Act, 2013. Core Business: Their core business is borrowing and lending money between their members.

Other Names: They are also known as Permanent Fund, Benefit Funds, Mutual Benefit Funds & Mutual Benefit Company.

Regulator: They are regulated by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India, and are registered under the Companies Act, 2013.

Characteristics: Characteristics of a Nidhi Company may be summarized below:

  1. It is allowed to transact business only with its members and with nobody else. Hence, in case a person wishes to place a deposit with a Nidhi or borrow money from a Nidhi, he must first become a member (shareholder) of the Nidhi by subscribing to 10 equity shares or shares equivalent to ₹ 100.
  2. After the commencement of the Companies Act, 2013, no Nidhi shall issue preference shares.
  3. They are allowed to open branches subject to compliance with Rule 10 of the Nidhi Rules, 2014, but do not operate on a PAN India basis.
  4. They are incorporated as public companies with a minimum paid-up equity share capital of ₹ 5,00,000.
  5. Loans may be provided only to its members and should be fully secured.
  6. A director of a Nidhi shall be a member and shall hold office for a term up to 10 consecutive years on the Board of a Nidhi.
  7. Nidhi can declare dividends not exceeding 25% and any higher amount shall be specifically approved by the Regional Director.
  8. Nidhi shall adhere to the prudential norms for revenue recognition and classification of assets in respect of mortgage loans or jewel loans as provided in Rule 20 of the Nidhi Rules, 2014.

Question 12.
Explain the process of incorporation of Nidhi Companies.
Answer:
Incorporation of Company:- For incorporation, the normal procedure for incorporating a public company is required to be complied with, such as obtaining the availability of name, faffing of MOA and AOA, and other related documents.

Object Clause: Care must be taken to see that the Objects Clause of the Memorandum should restrict itself to the object of cultivating the habit of thrift and savings amongst its members, receiving deposits from and lending to its members only for their mutual benefit and for other permitted purposes. The name of the company should end with the words “Nidhi Limited”.

Criteria as per Rules: After incorporation as a Nidhi, according to Rule 5 of the Nidhi Rules, 2014, every Nidhi shall ensure that it has:
(a) Not less than 200 members;
(b) Net Owned Funds of ₹ 10 lakh or more;
(c) Unencumbered term deposits of not less than 10% of the outstanding deposits; and
(d) Ratio of Net Owned Funds to deposits of not more than 1: 20.

Net Owned Funds: As per Rule 9, every Nidhi shall maintain Net Owned Funds of not less than ₹ 10 lakh or such a higher amount as the Central Government may specify from time to time.

Question 13.
Razavi and her six more relatives and friends want to incorporate a Nidhi Company. They seek your advice on the following issues with respect to the formation of the company:
(i) Whether Nidhi Company can be formed as a private company? Is there any specific law for the Nidhi Companies?
Answer:
As per Rule 4 of the Nidhi Rules, 2014, a Nidhi to be incorporated under the Act shall be a public company, and hence Nidhi Company cannot be formed as a private company. Nidhi Companies are regulated by the Companies Act, 2013 read with Nidhi Rules, 2014.

Even though Nidhi Companies are regulated by the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, they are exempted from certain provisions of the Act, as applicable to other companies, due to limiting their operations within members.

(ii) Whether the approval of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is required?
Answer:
No RBI approval is necessary to register the company, as RBI has specifically exempted this category of NBFC in India to comply with its core provisions such as registration with RBI.

(iii) Whether Nidhi is allowed to raise funds through the issue of equity shares and preference shares?
Answer:
As per Rule 6 of the Nidhi Rules, 2014, Nidhi shall not issue preference shares, debentures, or any other debt instrument by any name or in any form whatsoever. Thus, Nidhi Company can issue equity shares but cannot issue preference shares.

(iv) Whether Nidhi is allowed to carry on business other than the business of borrowing or lending in its own name?
As a practicing Company Secretary, advise with reference to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. [June 2019 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
As per Rule 6 of the Nidhi Rules, 2014, Nidhi shall not carry on the business of chit fund, hire purchase finance, leasing finance, insurance, or acquisition of securities issued by any body corporate.

Question 14.
How Payments Banks are different from regular Banks?
Answer:
(a) Loans: A payments bank aims to further financial inclusion, especially through savings accounts and payments services. Accordingly, a payments bank is not allowed to give any form of a loan or issue a credit card, which is also a form of unsecured personal loan.

(b) Deposit Restriction: Even in the case of savings accounts, a payments bank has certain restrictions. Customers can open a savings account with deposits of only up to ₹ 1 lakh, which is also the maximum balance allowed. These banks currently offer interest rates similar to that being offered by regular banks. As per RBI guidelines, payment banks can’t accept fixed or recurring deposits.

(c) Cheque Book Facility: Savings accounts customers also do not have the checkbook facility at present. Current account holders will have this facility, though.

(d) Mobile App: Payments Bank account holders can also use the mobile banking app for checking balance, statements, bill payments, and online transfers.

Question 15.
Write a short note on Registration & Licensing of Payment Banks
Answer:
The payments bank will be registered as a Public Limited Company under the Companies Act, 2013, and licensed u/s 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, with specific licensing conditions restricting its activities mainly to acceptance of demand deposits and provision of payments and remittance services.

It will be governed by the provisions of:

  • Banking Regulation Act, 1949
  • Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
  • Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999
  • Payment & Settlement Systems Act, 2007
  • Deposit Insurance & Credit Guarantee Corporation Act, 1961
  • Other relevant Statutes and Directives, Prudential Regulations, and other Guidelines/Instructions issued by RBI and other regulators from time to time.

The payments bank will be given scheduled bank status once it commences operations and if it found suitable as per Section 42(6)(a) of the RBI Act, 1934.

Question 16.
Payment Bank is a new model of banks conceptualized by the Reserve Bank of India. Elucidate. [Dec. 2018 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Payments banks is a new model of banks conceptualized by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
(a) Deposit Limit: These banks can accept a restricted deposit, which is currently limited to I lakh per customer and may be increased further.

(b) Interest: They can pay interest on these deposits just like a savings bank account. Both current accounts and savings accounts can be operated by such banks.

(c) Various Services: Payments banks can issue services like ATM cards, debit cards, net banking, third party transfers, and mobile banking and offer remittance services.

(d) Loans: These banks cannot grant loans or issue credit cards.

(e) Objective: The main objective to widen the spread of payment and financial services to small businesses, low-income households, migrant labor workforce in a secured technology-driven environment. With payments banks, RBI seeks to increase the penetration level of financial services to the remote areas of the country.

(f) Easy opening Account: To open a bank account and the application process of payments bank is made very easy as compared to other banks.

(g) Mobile App: These bank accounts can be opened instantly through their respective mobile apps just by providing details like the Aadhaar number with KYC verification.

(h) Most of the payment banks have a non-NBFC heritage and will use payment banks as a customer retention and acquisition mechanism.

Question 17.
Easy Finance Ltd. is willing to enter into the banking business via “Payment Bank”. The Board of directors of the Company seeks your advice with respect to the required criteria to be fulfilled by the company with respect to the following:
(i) Application for license
Answer:
Keeping in view the guideline issued by the RBI, the answer to the given case is as follows:
Application for license: An application has to be filed with RBI in Form III u/s 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for a license to commence banking business by a company incorporated in India and desire to commence Payment Bank business.

(ii) Minimum capital requirement
Answer:
Minimum capital requirement: The minimum capital requirement is Rs. 100 Crore. For the first 5 years, the stake of the promoter should remain at least 40%.

(iii) Voting rights of shareholders
Answer:
Voting rights of shareholders: The voting rights will be regulated by the Banking Regulation Act, 1949. The voting right of any shareholder is capped at 10%, which can be raised to 26% by RBI. Any acquisition of more than 5% will require approval of the RBI.

(iv) Services that can be undertaken by the bank [Dec. 2018 (4Marks)]
Answer:
Services that can be undertaken by the bank: Payment Banks can accept a restricted deposit, which is currently limited to 1 Lakh per customer and may be increased further. They can pay interest on these deposits just like a savings bank account. Both current accounts and savings accounts can be operated by such banks. Payments banks can issue services like ATM cards, debit cards, net banking, third-party transfers, and mobile banking and offer remittance services. These banks cannot grant loans or issue credit cards.

Setting Up of Business Entities and Closure Questions and Answers

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Audit Notes

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Auditing Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Auditing Notes

Question 1.
Routine checks cannot be depended upon to disclose all the mistakes or manipulation that may exist in accounts, certain other procedures also have to be applied like trend and ratio analysis. Analyse and Explain stating clearly the meaning of analytical procedures. [RTP-Nov. 19]
Answer:
Analytical Procedures:

  • Routine checks cannot be depended upon to disclose all the mistakes or manipulation that may exist in accounts, due to which, certain other procedures also have to be applied like trend and ratio analysis in addition to reasonable tests. These collectively are known as overall tests.
  • With the passage of time, analytical procedures have acquired lot of significance as substantive audit procedure.
  • SA-520 on Analytical Procedures discusses the application of analytical procedures during an audit.

Meaning of Analytical Procedures:
SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” deals with the auditor’s use of analytical procedures as substantive procedures.

Meaning of Analytical Procedures:
Analytical Procedures means evaluations of financial information through analysis of relationships among both financial and non-financial data.

It also encompasses such investigation as is necessary of identified fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount.

Nature of Analytical Procedures:
(a) AP include the consideration of comparisons of the entity’s financial information with

  • Comparable information for prior periods.
  • Anticipated results of the entity, such as, budgets or forecasts, or expectations of the auditor (for example, estimation of depreciation).
  • Similar industry information (for example, comparison of entity’s ratio of sales to accounts receivable with industry averages or with other entities of comparable size in the same industry).

(b) AP also include consideration of relationships, among:

  • elements of financial information, such as gross margin percentages.
  • financial information and relevant non-financial information, such as payroll costs to number of employees.

Benefits of Analytical Procedures:
The analytical procedures may be used for following purposes:

  • To assist the auditor in planning the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.
  • As a substantive procedure when their use can be more effective or efficient than tests of details in reducing detection risk for specific F.S. assertions; and
  • As an overall review of the F.S. in the final review, stage of the audit.

Question 2.
Define Analytical Procedures.
Or
Explain what do you mean by Analytical procedures. How such procedures are helpful in auditing?
Answer:
Analytical Procedures:
SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” deals with the auditor’s use of analytical procedures as substantive procedures.

Meaning of Analytical Procedures:
Analytical Procedures means evaluations of financial information through analysis of relationships among both financial and non-financial data.

It also encompasses such investigation as is necessary of identified fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount.

Nature of Analytical Procedures:
(a) AP include the consideration of comparisons of the entity’s financial information with

  • Comparable information for prior periods.
  • Anticipated results of the entity, such as, budgets or forecasts, or expectations of the auditor (for example, estimation of depreciation).
  • Similar industry information (for example, comparison of entity’s ratio of sales to accounts receivable with industry averages or with other entities of comparable size in the same industry).

(b) AP also include consideration of relationships, among:

  • elements of financial information, such as gross margin percentages.
  • financial information and relevant non-financial information, such as payroll costs to number of employees.

Benefits of Analytical Procedures:
The analytical procedures may be used for following purposes:
1. To assist the auditor in planning the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.
2. As a substantive procedure when their use can be more effective or efficient than tests of details in reducing detection risk for specific F.S. assertions; and
3. As an overall review of the F.S. in the final review, stage of the audit.

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 3.
Analytical procedures use comparisons and relationships to assess whether account balances or other data appear reasonable. Explain stating the purpose of analytical procedures. [RTP-May 18]
Answer:
SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” deals with the auditor’s use of analytical procedures as substantive procedures.

Meaning of Analytical Procedures:
Analytical Procedures means evaluations of financial information through analysis of relationships among both financial and non-financial data.

It also encompasses such investigation as is necessary of identified fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount.

Nature of Analytical Procedures:
(a) AP include the consideration of comparisons of the entity’s financial information with

  • Comparable information for prior periods.
  • Anticipated results of the entity, such as, budgets or forecasts, or expectations of the auditor (for example, estimation of depreciation).
  • Similar industry information (for example, comparison of entity’s ratio of sales to accounts receivable with industry averages or with other entities of comparable size in the same industry).

(b) AP also include consideration of relationships, among:

  • elements of financial information, such as gross margin percentages.
  • financial information and relevant non-financial information, such as payroll costs to number of employees.

Benefits of Analytical Procedures:
The analytical procedures may be used for following purposes:

  • 1. To assist the auditor in planning the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.
  • 2. As a substantive procedure when their use can be more effective or efficient than tests of details in reducing detection risk for specific F.S. assertions; and
  • 3. As an overall review of the F.S. in the final review, stage of the audit.

Question 4.
Give examples of Analytical Procedures having consideration of comparisons of the entity’s financial information. [RTP-Nov, 19]
Answer:
Analytical Procedures:
SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” deals with the auditor’s use of analytical procedures as substantive procedures.

Meaning of Analytical Procedures:
Analytical Procedures means evaluations of financial information through analysis of relationships among both financial and non-financial data.

It also encompasses such investigation as is necessary of identified fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount.

Nature of Analytical Procedures:
(a) AP include the consideration of comparisons of the entity’s financial information with

  • Comparable information for prior periods.
  • Anticipated results of the entity, such as, budgets or forecasts, or expectations of the auditor (for example, estimation of depreciation).
  • Similar industry information (for example, comparison of entity’s ratio of sales to accounts receivable with industry averages or with other entities of comparable size in the same industry).

(b) AP also include consideration of relationships, among:

  • elements of financial information, such as gross margin percentages.
  • financial information and relevant non-financial information, such as payroll costs to number of employees.

Benefits of Analytical Procedures:
The analytical procedures may be used for following purposes:

  • To assist the auditor in planning the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.
  • As a substantive procedure when their use can be more effective or efficient than tests of details in reducing detection risk for specific F.S. assertions; and
  • As an overall review of the F.S. in the final review, stage of the audit.

Question 5.
In the planning stage, analytical procedures assist the auditor in understanding the client’s business and in identifying areas of potential risk. Explain. [RTP-Nov. 20]
Answer:
Use of Analytical Procedures in Planning Stage:

  • In the planning stage, analytical procedures assist the auditor in understanding the client’s business and in identifying areas of potential risk by indicating aspects of and developments in the entity’s business of which he was previously unaware.
  • This information will assist the auditor in determining the nature, timing and extent of his other audit procedures.

Analytical procedures in planning the audit use both financial data and non-financial information, such as number of employees, square feet of selling space, volume of goods produced and similar information.

Question 6.
Use of substantive Analytical Procedures requires consideration of many factors. Explain those factors.
Or
With respect to SA 520 “Analytical procedures”. Explain the following factors to be considered by the auditor for substantive audit procedures.
(i) Account type
(ii) Predictability
(iii) Nature of Assertion. [Nov. 20 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Factors to be considered while using substantive analytical procedures:
Use of substantive Analytical Procedures requires consideration of following factors:
1. Availability of Data: The availability of reliable and relevant data will facilitate effective procedures.

2. Disaggregation: The degree of disaggregation in available data can directly affect the degree of its usefulness in detecting misstatements.

3. Account Type: Substantive analytical procedures are more useful for certain types of accounts than for others. Income statement accounts tend to be more predictable because they reflect accumulated transactions over a period, whereas balance sheet accounts represent the net effect of transactions at a point in time or are subject to greater management judgment.

4. Source: Some classes of transactions tend to be more predictable because they consist of numerous, similar transactions. Whereas the transactions recorded by non-routine and estimation are often subject to management judgment and therefore more difficult to predict.

5. Predictability: SAPs are more appropriate when an account balance or relationships between items of data are predictable. A predictable relationship is one that may reasonably be expected to exist and continue over time.

6. Nature of Assertion: SAP may be more effective in providing evidence for some assertions (e.g., completeness or valuation) than for others (e.g., rights and obligations).

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 7.
Substantive analytical procedures are generally more applicable to large volumes of transactions that tend to be predictable over time. Explain. [RTP-Nov. 18, MTP-April 19]
Answer:
Predictability of Substantive Analytical Procedure:
1. SA 5 2 0 “Analytical Procedures” deals with the auditor’s use of analytical procedures as substantive procedures. As per SA 520, substantive analytical procedures are generally more applicable to large volumes of transactions that tend to be predictable over time.

2. The application of planned analytical procedures is based on the expectation that relationships among data exist and continue in the absence of known conditions to the contrary. However, the suitability of a particular analytical procedure will depend upon the auditor’s assessment of how effective it will be in detecting a misstatement that, individually or when aggregated with other misstatements, may cause the financial statements to be materially misstated.

3. In some cases, even an unsophisticated predictive model may be effective as an analytical procedure. For example, where an entity has a known number of employees at fixed rates of pay throughout the period, it may be possible for the auditor to use this data to estimate the total payroll costs for the period with a high degree of accuracy, thereby providing audit evidence for a significant item in the financial statements and reducing the need to perform tests of details on the payroll.

4. The use of widely recognised trade ratios (such as profit margins for different types of retail entities) can often be used effectively in substantive analytical procedures to provide evidence to support the reasonableness of recorded amounts.

Question 8.
What are the factors that determine the extent of reliance that the auditor places on results of analytical procedures? Explain with reference to SA-520 on “Analytical procedures”.
or
What are the considerations to be kept in mind while performing analytical procedures on data prepared by the client?
Or
The reliability of data is influenced by its source and nature and is dependent on the circumstances under which it is obtained. Accordingly, what are the relevant criteria which determine whether the data is reliable for the purposes of designing substantive analytical procedures?
Or
CA A, auditor of ABC Ltd. wants to design substantive analytical procedure and for that he wants to check whether the data is reliable or not. Mention the relevant points which he has to consider whether data is reliable for purpose of designing the substantive analytical procedures. [Nov. 19 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Factors determining extent of reliance on analytical procedures (SA-520):
The application of analytical procedures is based on the expectation that relationships among data exist and continue in the absence of known conditions to the contrary. The presence of these relationships provides audit evidence as to the completeness, accuracy and validity of the data produced by the accounting system.

Factors affecting the Reliability of Data on which analytical procedures are to be performed:
As per SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” facts that may affect the reliability of data are:
1. Source of the information available. For example, information may be more reliable when it is obtained from independent sources outside the entity;

2. Comparability of the information available. For example, broad industry data may need to be supplemented to be comparable to that of an entity that produces and sells specialised products;

3. Nature and relevance of the information available. For example, whether budgets have been established as results to be expected rather than as goals to be achieved; and

4. Controls over the preparation of the information that are designed to ensure its completeness, accuracy and validity. For example, controls over the preparation, review and maintenance of budgets.

Question 9.
Explain the techniques available while applying SAP. [RTP-May 19]
Or
Ratio analysis is useful for analysing asset and liability accounts as well as revenue and expense accounts. An individual balance sheet account is difficult to predict on its own, but its relationship to another account is often more predictable (e.g., the trade receivables balance related to sales).
Explain stating the techniques available as substantive analytical procedures. [RTP-May 18, MTP-Oct. 19]
Or
Discuss the techniques available as substantive analytical procedures. [May 18 (5 Marks)]
Or
The design of a substantive analytical procedure is limited only by the availability of reliable data and the experience and creativity of the audit team. Explain clearly stating the techniques available as substantive analytical procedures. [MTP-Aug. 18]
Answer:
Techniques available while applying SAP:
(a) Trend analysis: Trend analysis is most commonly used technique which involves comparison of current data with the prior period balance or with a trend in two or more prior period balances.

(b) Ratio analysis: Ratio analysis involves analysing revenue and capital items forming part of balance sheet and profit and loss account. Ratios can also be compared over a period of time or to the ratios of other entities within the industry.

(c) Reasonableness tests: Unlike trend analysis, this analytical procedure does not rely on events of prior periods, but upon non-financial data for the audit period under consideration. These tests are generally more applicable to income statement accounts and certain accrual or prepayment accounts.

(d) Structural modelling: A modelling tool constructs a statistical model from financial and/or non-financial data of prior accounting periods to predict current account balances (e.g., linear regression).

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 10.
Explain the commonly used technique in the comparison of current data with the prior period balance or with a trend in two or more prior period balances. [RTP-May 20]
Answer:
Commonly used technique in the comparison of current data with the prior period balance:

  • Trend Analysis is commonly used technique for the comparison of current data with the prior period balance or with a trend in two or more prior period balances.
  • With this technique, a person can evaluate whether the current balance of an account moves in line with the trend established with previous balances for that account, or based on an understanding of factors that may cause the account to change.

Question 11.
The decision about which audit procedures to perform, including whether to use substantive analytical procedures, is based on the auditor’s judgment. Explain. [RTP-Nov. 20]
Answer:
Use of Substantive Analytical Procedures:

  • The substantive procedures at the assertion level may be tests of details, substantive analytical procedures, or a combination of both.
  • The decision about which audit procedures to perform, including whether to use substantive analytical procedures, is based on the auditor’s judgment about the expected effectiveness and efficiency of the available audit procedures to reduce audit risk at the assertion level to an acceptably low level.
  • The auditor may inquire of management as to the availability and reliability of information needed to apply substantive analytical procedures, and the results of any such analytical procedures performed by the entity. It may be effective to use analytical data prepared by management, provided the auditor is satisfied that such data is properly prepared.

Question 12.
If analytical procedures performed in accordance with SA 520 identify fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount, explain how would the auditor investigate such differences. [RTP-May 19]
Answer:
Investigation of Identified fluctuations:
If analytical procedures performed in accordance with SA 520 identify fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount, the auditor shall investigate such differences by:
(a) Inquiring of management and obtaining appropriate audit evidence relevant to management’s responses; and
(b) Performing other audit procedures as necessary in the circumstances.

  • Audit evidence relevant to management’s responses may be obtained by evaluating those responses taking into account the auditor’s understanding of the entity and its environment, and with other audit evidence obtained during the course of the audit.
  • The need to perform other audit procedures may arise when, for example, management is unable to provide an explanation, or the explanation, together with the audit evidence obtained relevant to management’s response, is not considered adequate.

Question 13.
The relationships between individual financial statements items traditionally considered in the audit of business entities may not always be relevant in the audit of governments or other non-business public sector entities. Analyse and Explain. [RTP-Nov. 18]
Answer:
Considerations Specific to Public Sector Entities

  • The relationships between individual financial statement items traditionally considered in the audit of business entities may not always be relevant in the audit of governments or other nonbusiness public sector entities; for example, in many public-sector entities there may be little direct relationship between revenue and expenditure.
  • In addition, because expenditure on the acquisition of assets may not be capitalised, there may be no relationship between expenditures on, for example, inventories and fixed assets and the amount of those assets reported in the financial statements.
  • Also, industry data or statistics for comparative purposes may not be available in the public Analytical Procedures sector. However, other relationships may be relevant, for example, variations in the cost per kilometer of road construction or the number of vehicles acquired compared with vehicles retired.

Objective Type Questions (True/False, Correct/Incorrect)

Question 1.
As per SA 520 the term “analytical procedures” means evaluations of financial information through analysis of plausible relationships among financial data only.
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” defines the term analytical procedures as evaluations of financial information through analysis of plausible relationships among both financial and non-financial data.

Question 2.
Auditor can depend on routine checks to disclose all the mistakes or manipulation that may exist in accounts.
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Auditor cannot be depended on routine checks to disclose all the mistakes or manipulation that may exist in accounts.
  • Certain other procedures like trend and ratio analysis also have to be applied in addition to routine checks.

Question 3.
Only purpose of analytical procedures is to obtain relevant and reliable audit evidence when using substantive analytical procedures.
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
Analytical procedures are being applied:
(a) To obtain relevant & reliable audit evidence when using substantive analytical procedures; &
(b) To design and perform analytical procedures near the end of the audit that assist the auditor when forming an overall conclusion as to whether the F.S. are consistent with auditor’s understanding of the entity.

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 4.
Analytical Procedures are required in the planning phase only.
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
Analytical Procedures are applied not only during planning phase but also applied

  • during the audit and
  • near the completion of audit.

Question 5.
Substantive analytical procedures are generally less applicable to large volumes of transactions that tend to be predictable over time.
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
Substantive analytical procedures are more appropriate when an account balance or relationships between items of data are predictable. A predictable relationship is one that may reasonably be expected to exist and continue over time.

Question 6.
Analytical procedures are unable to help the auditor in determining nature, timing and extent of other audit procedures at the planning stage. [Nov. 09 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
Analytical procedure are applied during planning stage and hence helps the auditor in determining nature, timing and extent of other audit procedures. Application of Analytical procedures during planning is governed by SA 315.

SA 520 “Analytical Procedures” deals with the auditor’s use of analytical procedures as substantive procedures (“substantive analytical procedures”), and as procedures near the end of the audit that assist the auditor when forming an overall conclusion on the financial statements.

Question 7.
Analytical procedure is a part of routine audit checking. [May 17 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • SA 5 2 0 “Analytical Procedures” defines the term analytical procedures as evaluations of financial information through analysis of plausible relationships among both financial and non-financial data.
  • Auditor cannot be depended on routine checks to disclose all the mistakes or manipulation that may exist in accounts. Certain other procedures like trend and ratio analysis also have to be applied in addition to routine checks.

Question 8.
A modelling tool constructs a statistical model from financial data only of prior accounting periods to predict current account balances. [MTP-March 18, March 19]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • A modelling tool constructs a statistical model from financial and/or non-financial data of prior accounting periods to predict current account balances

Question 9.
While designing audit procedures to address an inherent risk or “what can go wrong”, auditor should consider the nature of the risk of material misstatement in order to determine if a substantive analytical procedure can be used to obtain audit evidence. [MTP-March 18, Oct. 18, March 19]
Answer:
Statement is correct.

  • While designing audit procedures to address an inherent risk or “what can go wrong”, auditor should consider the nature of the risk of material misstatement in order to determine if a substantive analytical procedure can be used to obtain audit evidence.
  • When inherent risk is higher, auditor need to design tests of details to address the higher inherent risk. In case of higher inhered risk, audit evidence obtained solely from substantive analytical procedures is unlikely to be sufficient.

Analytical Procedures – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 10.
During the audit process, the auditor can easily identify all mistakes or manipulations that may exist in the accounts through routing checking processes. [May 18 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
Auditor cannot be depended on routine checks to disclose all the mistakes or manipulation that may exist in accounts. Certain other procedures like trend and ratio analysis also have to be applied in addition to routine checks.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

The Company Audit – CA Inter Auditing Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Auditing Notes

Question 1.
Examine the following: “Section 139(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that every company shall, at the first annual general meeting appoint an auditor who shall hold office till the conclusion of its sixth annual general meeting”. [RTP-May 18]
Answer:
Appointment of Subsequent Auditors in case of Non-Government Companies:
Section 139(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that every company shall, at the first AGM appoint an individual or a firm as an auditor who shall hold office from the conclusion of that meeting till the conclusion of its 6th AGM and thereafter till the conclusion of every 6th meeting.

The following points need to be noted in this regard:

  • The company shall place the matter relating to such appointment of ratification by member at every Annual General Meeting.
  • Before such appointment is made, the written consent of the auditor to such appointment, and a certificate from him or it that the appointment, if made, shall be in accordance with the conditions as may be prescribed, shall be obtained from the auditor.
  • The certificate shall also indicate whether the auditor satisfies the criteria provided in section 141.
  • The company shall inform the auditor concerned of his or its appointment, and also file a notice of such appointment with the Registrar within 15 days of the meeting in which the auditor is appointed.

Question 2.
Managing Director of PQR Ltd. (Non-Government company) himself wants to appoint Shri Ganpa- ti, a practicing Chartered Accountant, as first auditor of the company. Comment on the proposed action of the Managing Director.
Answer:
Appointment of First Auditor of Non-Govt, Company:
Section 139(6} of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down that “the first auditor or auditors of a company shall be appointed by the Boardof directors within 30 days from the date of registration of the company”.

In the instant case, the appointment of Shri Ganpati, a practicing Chartered Accountant as first auditors by the Managing Director of PQR Ltd. by himself is in violation of Section 139(6} of the Companies Act, 2013, which authorizes the Board of Directors to appoint the first auditor of the company.

Conclusion: In view of the above, the Managing Director of PQR Ltd. should be advised not to appoint the first auditor of the company.

Question 3.
The first auditor of M/s Healthy Wealthy Ltd., a Government company, was appointed by the Board of Directors. [MTP-March 19, RTP-May 19]
Answer:
Appointment of First Auditor of Govt. Company

  • Section 139(7) of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down that in the case of a Government company or any other company owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Central Government, or by any State Government, or State Governments, or partly by the Central Government and partly by one or more State Governments, the first auditor shall be appointed by the CAG of India within 60 days of registration of the company.
  • In case the CAG of India does not appoint such auditor within the said period, the BOD of the company shall appoint such auditor within the next 30 days.
  • In the case of failure of the Board to appoint such auditor within the next 30 days, it shall inform the members of the company who shall appoint such auditor within the 60 days at an EGM.
  • Hence in the case of M/s Healthy Wealthy Ltd., being a government company, the first auditors shall be appointed by the CAG of India.
    Conclusion: The appointment of first auditors made by the Board of Directors of M/s Healthy
    Wealthy Ltd., is null and void.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 4.
Nick Ltd. is a subsidiary of Ajanta Ltd., whose 20% shares have been held by Central Government, 25% by Uttar Pradesh Government and 10% by Madhya Pradesh Government. Nick Ltd. appointed Mr. P as statutory auditor for the year.
Answer:
Appointment of Auditor of Govt. Company:

  • As per Sec. 2 (45) of the Companies Act, 2 013, a Government company is defined “as any company in which not less than 51% of the paid-up share capital is held by the Central Government or by any State Government or Governments or partly by the Central Government and partly by one or more State Governments and includes a company which is a subsidiary of a Government Company as thus defined”.
  • Sec. 139(7) requires that the auditors of a government company shall be appointed or reappointed by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India.
  • In the given case Ajanta Ltd. is a government company as its 20% shares have been held by Central Govt., 25% by U.P. State Government and 10% by M.P. State Govt. Total 55% shares have been held by Central and State Governments.
  • Nick Ltd. will also be a government company, being subsidiary company of Ajanta Ltd. and hence the Auditor of Nick Ltd. can be appointed only by C & AG.

Conclusion: Appointment of ‘P’ is invalid and ‘P’ should not give acceptance to the Directors of Nick Ltd.

Question 5.
At the AGM of ICI Ltd., Mr. X was appointed as the statutory auditor. He, however, resigned after 3 months since he wanted to give up practice and join industry. State, how the new auditor will be appointed by ICI Ltd. and the conditions to be complied for.
Or
At the AGM of HDB Pvt. Ltd., Mr. R was appointed as the statutory auditor. He, however, resigned after 3 months since he wanted to purse his career in banking sector. The board of director has appointed Mr. L as the statutory auditor in board meeting within 30 days. Comment on the matter. With reference to the provisions of companies Act, 2013. [May 18 (5 Marks), RTP-Nov. 20]
Answer:
Filling of Casual vacancy:

  • As per Sec. 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013, any casual vacancy in the office of an auditor may be filled by Board of Directors within thirty days.
  • However, if casual vacancy has been created by the resignation of the auditor, such appointment shall also be approved by the company at a general meeting convened within three months of the recommendation of the board.
  • The auditor so appointed shall hold office till the conclusion of the next annual general meeting.

Conclusion:
In this case the casual vacancy has been created on account of resignation. Therefore, Board of Directors will have to fill the vacancy within thirty days and such appointment shall be approved by the company at the general meeting within three months of the recommendations of the board. The new auditor so appointed shall hold office only till the conclusion of the next AGM.

Question 6.
Due to the resignation of the existing auditor(s), the Board of directors of X Ltd. appointed Mr. Hari as the auditor. Is the appointment of Hari as auditor valid₹
Answer:
Board’s Powers to Appoint an Auditor:

  • As per Sec. 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013, any casual vacancy in the office of an auditor may be filled by Board of Directors within thirty days.
  • However, if casual vacancy has been created by the resignation of the auditor, such appointment shall also be approved by the company at a general meeting convened within three months of the recommendation of the board.
  • The auditor so appointed shall hold office till the conclusion of the next annual general meeting.

Conclusion: Appointment of auditor by Board of Directors will be Valid if it is made within 30 days of casual vacancy and such appointment is approved by the company at a general meeting within three months of the recommendations of the Board.

Question 7.
At an AGM of a listed company, Mr. R a retiring auditor after completing the tenure of 5 consecutive years of his service claims that he has been reappointed automatically, as the intended resolution of which a notice had been given to appoint Mr. P, could not be proceeded with, due to Mr. P’s death.
Answer:
Restrictions over tenure of Auditor (Rotation of Auditor)

  • As per Sec. 139(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, listed companies and other prescribed class of companies shall not appoint or reappoint an individual as auditor for more than one term of five consecutive years.
  • Sec. 139(10) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that if no auditor is appointed or reappointed at AGM, existing auditor will continue.
  • In the given case, notice has been given of an intended resolution to appoint some person or persons in the place of a retiring auditor, and by reason of the death, incapacity or disqualification of that person or of all those persons, as the case may be, the resolution cannot be proceeded with.
  • In the instant case, if Sec. 139(10) of the Companies Act, 2013 is invoked, it results into violation of Sec. 139(2). Hence, Mr. R cannot continue as auditor due to restrictions of Sec. 139(2).

Conclusion: Mr. R cannot continue as auditor of the company due to rotation provisions. Companies Act, 2013 does not provide any provision for such kind of situation, hence it can be concluded that vacancy arises in the office of auditor which need to be filled by company in EGM.

Question 8.
No AGM was held for the year ended 31st March, 2020, in XYZ Ltd., Mr. X is the auditor for the previous 5 years, whether he should continue to hold office for current year or not.
Answer:
Auditor’s position if no AGM is held:
Sec. 139(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that every company shall, at the first AGM appoint an individual or a firm as an auditor who shall hold office from the conclusion of that meeting till the conclusion of its 6th AGM and thereafter till the conclusion of every 6th meeting.

In case the AGM is not held within the period prescribed, the auditor will continue in office till the AGM is actually held and concluded.
Conclusion: Mr. X shall continue to hold office till the conclusion of the AGM.

Question 9.
M/s Young & Co., a CA firm, and Statutory Auditors of Old Ltd., is dissolved on 1-4-2020 due to differ-ences of opinion among the partners. The Board of Directors of Old Ltd. in its meeting on 6-4-2020 appointed another firm M/s Sharp & Co. as their new auditors for one year.
Answer:
Filling of Casual Vacancy:

  • As per Sec. 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013, any casual vacancy in the office of an auditor may be filled by Board of Directors within thirty days.
  • However, if casual vacancy has been created by the resignation of the auditor, such appointment shall also be approved by the company at a general meeting convened within three months of the recommendation of the board.
  • The auditor so appointed shall hold office till the conclusion of the next annual general meeting.

Conclusion: In the instant case the action of the board of directors in appointing M/s Sharp & Co. to fill up the casual vacancy due to dissolution of M/s Young & Co., is correct.
However, the board of directors are not correct in giving them appointment for one year. M/s Sharp & Co. can hold office until the conclusion of next AGM only.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 10.
ABC Pvt. Ltd. is having paid up share capital of ₹ 18 Cr. but having public borrowing from nationalized banks and financial institutions of ₹ 72 Cr. Comment whether, manner of rotation of auditor will be applicable over ABC Pvt. Ltd. [RTP-May 18]
Answer:
Statement is Incorrect.

  • Provisions related with rotation of auditors are applicable in case of private companies having paid up capital of ₹ 50 Crore or more and to companies having paid up capital below ₹ 50 Crore, but having public borrowings from financial institutions, banks or public deposits of ₹ 50 Crore or More.
  • In the instant case, as borrowings is of ₹ 50 Crore, provisions related with rotation of auditors are applicable.

Question 11.
Jolly Ltd., a listed company, appointed M/s Polly & Co., a Chartered Accountant firm, as the statutory auditor in its AGM held at the end of September, 2020 for 11 years. Comment whether the appointment is valid.
Answer:
Rotation of Auditor & Cooling Off Period Provisions:

  • As per Section 139(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, no listed company or a company belonging to such class or classes of companies as prescribed, shall appoint or re-appoint
    • an individual as auditor for more than one term of five consecutive years; and
    • an audit firm as auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years.
  • In the given case, Jolly Limited is a listed company, the provisions relating to rotation of auditor will be applicable.

Conclusion: Jolly Ltd. cannot appoint the auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years each, i.e. M/s Polly & Co. shall hold office from the conclusion of this meeting upto conclusion of 6th AGM to be held in the year 2025 and thereafter can be re-appointed as auditor for one more term of five years i.e. upto year 2030. The appointment shall be subject to ratification by members at every AGM of the company. As a result, the appointment made by Jolly Ltd. for 11 years is void.

Question 12.
M/s XYZ & Co., is an audit firm having partner Mrs. X, Mr. Y and Mr. Z, whose tenure has expired in the company immediately preceding the financial year. M/s ABZ & Co., another audit firm in which Mr. Z is a common partner, appointed as auditor for next five years. Comment whether the appointment is valid.
Answer:
To Examine validity of appointment;

  • Sec. 139[2] of Companies Act, 2013 provides that no listed company or other prescribed companies, shall appoint or re-appoint an audit firm as auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years.
  • An audit firm which has completed its term, shall not be eligible for re-appointment as auditor in the same company for five years from the completion of such term.
  • It is also provided that as on the date of appointment no audit firm having a common partner or partners to the other audit firm, whose tenure has expired in a company immediately preceding the financial year, shall be appointed as auditor of the same company for a period of five years.
  • In the present case, assuming that company is covered under rotational provisions and two tenures of 5 year each of XYZ & Co. expired, M/S ABZ cannot be appointed as auditor as Mr. Z is common partner.

Conclusion: Appointment is not valid.

Question 13.
Discuss the following: Filling of Casual Vacancy in respect of a Company Audit. [Nov 12 (5 Marks) RTP-Mav 18]
Answer:
Filling of Casual Vacancy:
As per Section 139 (8) of the Companies Act, 2013, any casual vacancy in the office of an auditor shall-
(i) In the case of a non-government company, be filled by the Board of Directors within 30 days. But, if such casual vacancy is as a result of the resignation of an auditor, such appointment shall also be approved by the company at a general meeting convened within 3 months of the recommendation of the Board and the auditor so appointed shall hold the office till the conclusion of the next AGM.

(ii) In the case of a government company, the casual vacancy be filled by the CAG of India within 30 days. But if the CAG does not fill the vacancy within the said period the Board of Directors shall fill the vacancy within next 30 days.

Question 14.
Under what circumstances the retiring auditor cannot be reappointed. [Nov. 13 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Circumstances in which retiring auditor cannot be reappointed:

  1. A specific resolution has not been passed to reappoint the retiring auditor.
  2. The auditor proposed to be reappointed does not possess the qualification prescribed under section 141 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  3. The proposed auditor suffers from the disqualifications under sections 141(3), 141(4) and 144 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  4. He has given to the company notice in writing of his unwillingness to be reappointed.
  5. A Special resolution has been passed in AGM appointing somebody else or providing expressly that the retiring auditor shall not be reappointed.
  6. A written certificate has not been obtained from the proposed auditor to the effect that the appointment or reappointment, if made, will be in accordance within the limits specified under section 141(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 15.
State the manner of rotation of auditors on expiry of their term. [May 15 (4 Marks)]
Or
What are the provisions regarding appointment of auditors by rotation, after expiry of the term of the current auditor that a company should consider? [May 17 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Manner of Rotation of Auditors:
Rule 6 of Companies (Audit & Auditors) Rules, 2014 prescribes the manner of rotation as below:
1. The Audit Committee shall recommend to the Board, the name of an individual auditor or of an audit firm who may replace the incumbent auditor on expiry of the term of such incumbent.

2. Where a company is required to constitute an Audit Committee, the Board shall consider the recommendation of such committee, and in other cases, the Board shall itself consider the matter of rotation of auditors and make its recommendation for appointment of the next auditor by the members in annual general meeting.

3. For the purpose of the rotation of auditors-
(i) in case of an auditor (whether an individual or audit firm), the period for which the individual or the firm has held office as auditor prior to the commencement of the Act shall be taken into account for calculating the period of five consecutive years or ten consecutive years, as the case may be;

(ii) the incoming auditor or audit firm shall not be eligible if such auditor or audit firm is associated with the outgoing auditor or audit firm under the same network of audit firms. The term “same network” includes the firms operating or functioning, hitherto or in future, under the same brand name, trade name or common control.

(iii) For the purpose of rotation of auditors:
(A) a break in the term for a continuous period of five years shall be considered as fulfilling the requirement of rotation;
(B) if a partner, who is in charge of an audit firm and also certifies the financial statements of the company, retires from the said firm and joins another firm of chartered accountants, such other firm shall also be ineligible to be appointed for a period of five years.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 16.
Provisions regarding rotation of auditors affect only specified class of companies. Discuss.
Or
Specify the class of companies to whom rotation of auditor applies, under the provisions of Companies Act, 2013. [May 17 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Companies requiring rotation of auditors:
As per Section 139(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, no listed company or a company belonging to such class or classes of companies as prescribed, shall appoint or re-appoint-

  • an individual as auditor for more than one term of five consecutive years; and
  • an audit firm as auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years.

Rule 5 of Companies (Audit and Auditors] Rules, 2014, prescribes the following classes of companies for the purpose of rotation:
a. all unlisted public companies having paid up share capital of ₹ 10 crore or more;
b. all private limited companies having paid up share capital of ₹ 20 crore or more;
c. all companies having paid up share capital of below threshold limit mentioned above, but having public borrowings from financial institutions, banks or public deposits of ₹ 50 crores or more.

Question 17.
Write short note on: Provisions regarding re-appointment of a retiring auditor at the Annual General Meeting, for a company not covered under auditor rotation provisions. [May 17 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Re-appointment of Auditor – Sec. 139(9):
Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1) and the rules made thereunder, a retiring auditor may be re-appointed at an AGM, if:
(a) he is not disqualified for re-appointment;

(b) he has not given the company a notice in writing of his unwillingness to be re-appointed; and

(c) a special resolution has not been passed at that meeting appointing some other auditor or providing expressly that he shall not be re-appointed.
Sec. 139(10) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that where at any AGM no auditor is appointed or reappointed, the existing auditor shall continue to be the auditor of the company.

Question 18.
Explain the manner and procedure of selection and appointment of auditors as per Rule 3 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014. [RTP-May 19]
Answer:
Manner and Procedure of selection and appointment of auditors:
Manner and procedure of selection of auditors by the members of the company at AGM has been prescribed under Rule 3 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014. Accordingly:

1. In case of a company that is required to constitute an Audit Committee u/s 177, the committee, and, in cases where such a committee is not required to be constituted, the Board, shall take into consideration the qualifications and experience of the individual or the firm proposed to be considered for appointment as auditor and whether such qualifications and experience are commensurate with the size and requirements of the company:

While considering the appointment, the Audit Committee or the Board, as the case may be, shall have regard to any order or pending proceeding relating to professional matters of conduct against the proposed auditor before the ICA1 or any competent authority or any Court.

2. The Audit Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may call for such other information from the proposed auditor as it may deem fit.

3. Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (1), where a company is required to constitute the Audit Committee, the committee shall recommend the name of an individual or a firm as auditor to the Board for consideration and in other cases, the Board shall consider and recommend an individual or a firm as auditor to the members in the AGM for appointment.

4. If the Board agrees with the recommendation of the Audit Committee, it shall further recommend the appointment of an individual or a firm as auditor to the members in the AGM.

5. If the Board disagrees with the recommendation of the Audit Committee, it shall refer back the recommendation to the committee for reconsideration citing reasons for such disagreement.

6. If the AuditCommittee, after considering the reasons given by the Board, decides not to reconsider its original recommendation, the Board shall record reasons for its disagreement with the committee and send its own recommendation for consideration of the members in the AGM; and if the Board agrees with the recommendations of the Audit Committee, it shall place the matter for consideration by members in the AGM.

Question 19.
Where a company is required to constitute an Audit Committee, all appointments of an auditor under this section shall be made after taking into account the recommendations of such committee. Explain stating also the class of companies required to constitute Audit Committee. [MTP-March 19, May 20]
Answer:
Consideration as to recommendation of Audit Committee:
Sec. 139(11) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that where a company is required to constitute an Audit Committee u/s 177, all appointments, including the filling of a casual vacancy of an auditor under this section shall be made after taking into account the recommendations of such committee.

Companies required to constitute Audit Committee: As per Sec. 177 of Companies Act, 2013, in addition to listed public companies, following classes of companies shall constitute an Audit Committee:

  • all public companies with a paid-up share capital of ₹ 10 Cr. or more;
  • all public companies having turnover of ₹ 100 Cr. or more;
  • all public companies, having in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures and deposits exceeding ₹ 50 Cr.

Explanation: The paid-up share capital or turnover or outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, as the case may be, as existing on the last date of latest audited F.S. shall be taken into account for this purpose.

Question 20.
Clue Ltd. is a Public unlisted company having paid-up share capital of₹ 9 crores and public borrowings from the financial institutions of ₹ 51 crores. They appointed M/s Pray and Co., a Chartered Accountant firm as the statutory auditor in its annual general meeting for 11 years.
(a) Is the manner of rotation of auditor applicable in case of Clue Ltd.₹
(b) Whether the appointment of M/s Pray and Co. is valid₹ [Nov. 20 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Appointment and Rotation of company auditor:
(i) Rotation of Auditor:

  • As per Rule 5 of Companies (Audit and Auditor’s) Rules, 2014, provisions related with rotation of auditors are applicable in case of public unlisted companies having paid up capital of ₹ 10 Crore or more and to companies having paid up capital below ₹ 10 Crore, but having public borrowings from financial institutions, banks or public deposits of ₹ 50 Crore or more.
  • In the instant case, as borrowings is of ₹ 50 Crore, provisions related with rotation of auditors are applicable.

(ii) Appointment of Auditor:
As per Section 139(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, no listed company or a company belonging to such class or classes of companies as prescribed, shall appoint or re-appoint-

  • an individual as auditor for more than one term of five consecutive years; and
  • an audit firm as auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years.
    Clue Ltd. cannot appoint the auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years each, i.e. M/s Pray & Co. shall hold office from the conclusion of this meeting upto conclusion of 6th AGM and thereafter can be re-appointed as auditor for one more term of five years. The appointment shall be subject to ratification by members at every AGM of the company. As a result, the appointment made by Clue Ltd. for 11 years is not valid.

Question 21.
Why Central Government permission is required, when the auditor is to be removed before expiry of their term, but the same is not needed when the auditors are changed after expiry of their term.
Answer:
Removal of an auditor before expiry of term:

  • Sec. 140(1) of Companies Act, 2013 requires prior approval of Central Government in case of removal of an auditor before the expiry of his term. This is a very stringent provision to ensure that any auditor who is inconvenient to the management cannot be removed so easily. Such a provision goes a long way to ensure independence of auditor.
  • Therefore, law has provided this safeguard so that Central Govt, can know the real reason of auditor’s removal before expiry of his term and if not satisfied with the reason, may not accord approval.
  • On the other hand, if the auditor has completed his term, i.e. has submitted his report and thereafter he is not re-appointed, then the matter is not serious enough for Central Govt, to call for its intervention.
  • In view of the above, Central Govt, permission is required when auditors are removed before expiry of their term and the same is not required when they are not re-appointed after the expiry of their term.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 22.
PQR Company Ltd. removed their first auditor by passing a resolution in the meeting of the Board of Directors for his removal without obtaining prior approval from the Central Government. Offer your comments in this regard. [Nov. 10(4 Marks)]
Answer:
Removal of first Auditor:

  • As per Sec. 140(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, an auditor appointed u/s 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by a special resolution of the company, after obtaining the prior approval of the Central Government.
  • For this purpose, an application to the Central Government for removal of auditor shall be made in Form ADT-2 and shall be accompanied with prescribed fees.
  • The application shall be made to the Central Government within thirty days of the resolution passed by the Board.
  • The company shall hold the general meeting within sixty days of receipt of approval of the Central Government for passing the special resolution.
  • In the instant case the first auditor appointed by the Board of Directors was removed by a resolution in the meeting of the Board of Directors inspite of the Special resolution of the Company and without the prior approval of the Central Government in that behalf.

Conclusion: Removal of Auditor is Invalid as Special Resolution has not been passed and approval of Central Govt, not obtained.

Question 23.
Comment on the following: Removal of auditor before expiry of term. [Nov. 11 (6 Marks)]
Or
Discuss about the provisions for removal of auditor before expiry of term. [Nov. 15 (6 Marks)]
Or
The auditor CA Z appointed under section 139 was removed from his office before the expiry of his term by an ordinary resolution of the company. Comment explaining clearly the procedure of removal of auditor before expiry of term. [MTP-Oct. 18]
Or
Board of Directors of “XYZ Ltd.” found the auditors of the Company acted in a fraudulent manner, and decided to remove the auditors in board’s meeting. Comment on the action of Board of Directors and describe correct procedure to be followed for removal of auditors before expiry of their term. [May 19 (4 Marks}]
Answer:
Removal of Auditor before expiry of term:
Sec. 140(1} of Companies Act, 2013 governs the provisions relating to removal of auditor before expiry of term. The salient features of Sec. 140(1} in reading with Rule 7 of Companies (Audit and Auditors} Rules, 2014 are:

  • The auditor appointed under section 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by a special resolution of the company and after obtaining the previous approval of the Central Government by making an application in Form ADT-2 and shall be accompanied with the prescribed fees.
  • The application shall be made to the Central Government within 30 days of the resolution passed by the Board.
  • The Company shall hold the general meeting within 60 days of receipt of approval of the Central Government for passing the special resolution.
  • Before taking any action for removal of auditor before the expiry of his term, the auditor concerned shall be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Conclusion:
Removal of auditor before expiry of tenure by ordinary resolution or Board resolution is not valid.

Question 24.
As one of the Joint auditors of X Ltd. a non listed company not covered u/s 139(2) for the immediately preceding five financial years, you have been considered for re-appointment by the members in the AGM as the sole auditor, while the said Joint auditors are not re-appointed. Comment. [Nov. 16 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Appointment of Sole Auditor:
When one of the joint auditors of the previous years is considered for re-appointment by the members as the sole auditor for the next tenure, it is similar to non-re-appointment of one of the retiring joint auditors. As per Sec. 140(4} of the Companies Act, 2013, special notice shall be required for a resolution at an AGM appointing as auditor a person other than a retiring auditor, or providing expressly that a retiring auditor shall not be re-appointed, except where the retiring auditor has completed a consecutive tenure of five years or, as the case maybe, ten years, as provided u/s 139(2}.

Accordingly, provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 to be complied with are as under:
(a) Special Notice: Ascertain that special notice u/s 140 (4} of the Companies Act, 2013 was received by the company from requisite number of members (1% of total voting power or paid up capital not less than ₹ 5 Lacs} at least 14 days before the AGM date.

(b) Sending copy of notice: Check whether the said notice has been sent to all the members at least 7 days before the date of the AGM.

(c) Contents of Notice: Verify that the notice contains an express intention of a member for proposing the resolution for appointing a sole auditor in place of both the joint auditors who retire at the meeting but are eligible for re-appointment.

(d) Notice to Auditor: Ensure that the notice has also been sent to the retiring auditor.

(e) Sending the Representation: Verify whether any representation, received from the retiring auditor was sent to the members of the company.

(f) Consideration of representation: Verify from the minutes book whether the representation received from the retiring joint auditor was considered at the AGM.

Question 25.
CA. Donald was appointed as the auditor of PS Ltd. at the remuneration of ₹ 30,000. However, after 4 months of continuing his services, he could not continue to hold his office of the auditor as his wife got a government job at a distant place and he needs to shift along with her to the new place. Thus, he resigned from the company and did not perform his responsibilities relating to filing of statement to the company and the registrar indicating the reasons and other facts as may be relevant with regard to his resignation.
How much fine may he be punishable with under section 140(3) for non-compliance of section 140(2) of the Companies Act, 2013₹ [RTP-May 19, MTP-Oct. 19]
Answer:
Fine prescribed u/s 140(3) for non-compliance of Sec. 140(2):

  • Sec. 140(2) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that the auditor who has resigned from the company shall file within a period of 30 days from the date of resignation, a statement in the Form ADT-3 with the company and the Registrar.
  • In case of Govt, companies or Govt, owned/controlled companies, the auditor shall also file such statement with the CAG, indicating the reasons and other facts as may be relevant with regard to his resignation.
  • As per Sec. 140(3) of Companies Act, 2013, if the auditor does not comply with the provisions of Sec. 140(2), he or it shall be liable to a penalty of ₹ 50,000 or an amount equal to the remuneration of the auditor, whichever is less, and in case of continuing failure, with further penalty of ₹ 500 for each day after the first during which such failure continues, subject to a maximum of ₹ 5 lakh.

Question 26.
“Mr. A”, a practicing Chartered Accountant, is holding securities of “XYZ Ltd.” having face value of ₹ 900. Whether Mr. A is qualified for appointment as an Auditor of “XYZ Ltd.”₹ Would your answer will be changed if the securities are being hold by relative of Mr. A.
Answer:
Disqualification as to Security:
As per section 141(3) (d) (i) an auditor is disqualified to be appointed as an auditor if he, or his relative or partner holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company.

Conclusion: In the present case, Mr. A is holding security of ₹ 900 in the XYZ Ltd., therefore he is not eligible for appointment as an Auditor of “XYZ Ltd”.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 27.
“Mr. P” is a practicing Chartered Accountant and “Mr. Q”, the relative of “Mr. P”, is holding securities of “ABC Ltd.” having face value of ₹ 90,000. Whether “Mr. P” is Qualified from being appointed as an Auditor of “ABC Ltd”₹
Answer:
Disqualifications as to Securities:
As per section 141(3)(d) (i) an auditor is disqualified to be appointed as an auditor if he, or his relative or partner holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company.

However, the relative of the auditor may hold the securities or interest in the company of face value not exceeding ₹ 1,00,000.

Conclusion: In the present case, Mr. Q (relative of Mr. P, an auditor), is having securities of ₹ 90,000 face Value in the ABC Pvt. Ltd., which is as per requirement of proviso to section 141 (3) (d) (i), Therefore, Mr. P will not be disqualified to be appointed as an auditor of ABC Ltd.

Question 28.
“BC & Co.” is an Audit Firm having partners “Mr. B” and “Mr. C”, and “Mr. A” the relative of “Mr. C”, is holding securities of “MWF Ltd.” having face value of ₹ 1,01,000. Whether “BC & Co.” is qualified from being appointed as an Auditor of “MWF Ltd”₹
Would you answer will be changed if Mr. A hold 5000 shares (face value of ₹ 10 each) in MWF Ltd. Having market value of ₹ 1,50,000.
Answer:
Disqualifications as to security:
As per section 141(3) (d) (i) an auditor is disqualified to be appointed as an auditor if he, or his relative or partner holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company.
However, the relative of the auditor may hold the securities or interest in the company of face value not exceeding of ₹ 1,00,000.

Conclusion: In the instant case BC & Co, will be disqualified for appointment as an auditor of MWF Ltd. as the relative of Mr. C i.e. partner of BC & Co., is holding the securities in MWF Ltd. which is exceeding the limit mentioned in provison to section 141(3)(d)(i).
However, in the second case, BC & Co. is eligible to be appointed as auditor, as relative may hold securities of face value upto ₹ 1 Lac.

Question 29.
M/s. ABC & Co. is an audit firm, having patterns CA. A, CA. B and CA. C. The firm has been offered the appointment as an auditor of XYZ Ltd. for the financial year 2020-21.
Mr. D, the relative of CA. A, is holding 25,000 shares (face value of ₹ 10 each) in XYZ Ltd. having market value of₹ Rs. 90,000. Are M/s. ABC & Co. qualified to be appointed as auditors of XYZ Ltd. (May 18 (4 Marks), MTP-May 20, RTP-Nov. 20]
Answer:
Disqualifications as to security:

  • As per section 141 (3) (d) (i) an auditor is disqualified to be appointed as an auditor if he, or his relative or partner holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company.
  • However, the relative of the auditor may hold the securities or interest in the company of face value not exceeding of ₹ 1,00,000.

Conclusion: In the instant case ABC & Co, will be disqualified for appointment as an auditor of XYZ Ltd. as the relative of Mr. C i.e. partner of BC & Co., is holding the securities in XYZ Ltd. of face value of ₹ 2,50,000 which is exceeding the limit mentioned in proviso to section 141(3)(d)(i).

Question 30.
A, a chartered accountant has been appointed as auditor of Laxman Ltd. in the AGM of the company held in Sep. 2019, which assignment he accepted. Subsequently in January, 2018 he joined B, another chartered accountant, who is the Manager Finance of Laxman Ltd., as partner. [RTP-May 19]
Answer:
Disqualification as to partner of employee:

  • Section 141(3)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 prescribes that any person who is a partner or in employment of an officer or employee of the company will be disqualified to act as an auditor of a company.
  • Sec. 141(4) provides that an auditor who becomes subject, after his appointment, to any of the disqualifications specified in Sec. 141 (3), he shall be deemed to have vacated his office as an auditor.

Conclusion: In the present case, A, an auditor of M/s Laxman Ltd., joined as partner with B, who is Manager Finance of M/s Laxman Limited, will be disqualified by Sec. 141 (3)(c) and, therefore, he shall be deemed to have vacated office of the auditor of M/s Laxman Limited.

Question 31.
An auditor purchased goods worth ₹ 501,500 on credit from a company being audited by him. The company allowed him one month’s credit, which it normally allowed to all known customers.
Answer:
Disqualification as to indebtedness:

  • Section 141(3)(d) of the Companies Act, 2013 specifies that a person shall be disqualified to act as an auditor if he is indebted to the company for an amount exceeding ₹ 5 Lacs.
  • Sec. 141(4) provides that a person appointed as auditor incurs any of the disqualification mentioned u/s 141(3) after his appointment, he shall vacate the office immediately and it will be treated a casual vacancy.
  • Where an auditor purchases goods or services from a company audited by him on credit, he is considered to be indebted to the company and in case the outstanding amount exceeds ₹ 5 Lacs, he is disqualified to be appointed as auditor of the company.
  • It does not make any difference if the company allows him the same credit period as it allows to other customers.

Conclusion: In instant case, auditor has become indebted to the company and consequently he has
deemed to have vacated his office.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 32.
Ram and Hanuman Associates, Chartered Accountants in practice have been appointed as Statutory Auditor of Krishna Ltd. for the accounting year 2019-2020. Mr. Hanuman holds 100 equity shares of Shiva Ltd., a subsidiary company of Krishna Ltd.
Answer:
Auditor holding securities of a company:

  • As per Sec. 141 (3) (d) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor of a company, who, or his relative or partner is holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company.
  • In the present case, Mr. Hanuman, Chartered Accountant, a partner of M/s Ram and Hanuman Associates, holds 100 equity shares of Shiva Ltd. which is a subsidiary of Krishna Ltd.

Conclusion: The firm, M/s Ram and Hanuman Associates would be disqualified to be appointed as statutory auditor of Krishna Ltd., which is the holding company of Shiva Ltd., because one of the partner Mr. Hanuman is holding equity shares of its subsidiary.

Question 33.
Mr. Amar, a Chartered Accountant, bought a car financed at ₹ 7,00,000 by Chaudhary Finance Ltd., which is a holding company of Charan Ltd. and Das Ltd. He has been the statutory auditor of Das Ltd. and continues to be even after taking the loan.
Answer:
Disqualification as to indebtedness:

  • As per Sec. 141(3)(cf)(;7) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person is not eligible for appointment as auditor of any company, If he is indebted to the company, or its subsidiary, or its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company, in excess of ₹ 5 Lacs.
  • In the given case Mr. Amar is disqualified to act as an auditor u/s 141(3)(d)(;7) as he is indebted to M/s Chaudhary Finance Ltd. for more than ₹ 5 Lacs.
  • Further he cannot act as an auditor of any subsidiary of Chaudhary Finance Ltd. i.e. he is also disqualified to work in Charan Ltd. & Das Ltd.
  • Further Sec. 141 (4) provides that a person appointed as auditor incurs any of the disqualification mentioned u/s 141(3) after his appointment, he shall vacate the office immediately and it will be treated a casual vacancy.

Conclusion: Mr. Amar should vacate his office immediately and Das Ltd. must have to appoint any other CA as an auditor of the company.

Question 34.
Praveen, a member of the ICAI, does not hold a Certificate of practice. Is his appointment as an auditor valid₹
Answer:
Qualifications of an Auditor:

  • As per Sec. 141(1) a person shall be qualified for appointment as an auditor of a company, only if he is a Chartered Accountant within the meaning of the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949.
  • Under the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949, only a Chartered Accountant holding the certificate of practice can engage in public practice.

Conclusion: Mr. Praveen does not hold a certificate of practice and hence cannot be appointed as an auditor of a company.

Question 35.
‘B’ owes ₹ 5,01,000 to ‘C’ Ltd., of which he is an auditor. Is his appointment valid₹ Will it make any difference, if the advance is taken for meeting-out travelling expenses₹
Answer:
Indebtedness to the Company:
As per Section 141 (3) (d) (ii) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person who, or his relative or partner is indebted to the company, or its subsidiary, or its holding or associate company, or a subsidiary of its holding company, for an amount exceeding ₹ 5 Lacs, then he is not qualified for appointment as an auditor of a company.

Even if the advance was taken for meeting out travelling expenses particularly before commencement of audit work, his appointment is not valid because in such a case also the auditor shall be indebted to the company. The auditor is entitled to recover fees on a progressive basis only.

Conclusion: B’s appointment is not valid and he is disqualified as the amount of debt exceeds ₹ 5,00,000.

Question 36.
Mr. Aditya, a practising chartered accountant is appointed as a “Tax Consultant” of ABC Ltd., in which his father Mr. Singhvi is the Managing Director.
Answer:
Appointment of relative as tax consultant:

  • Sec. 141(3)(f) of Companies Act, 2013 disqualifies a person to be appointed as auditor whose relative is a director or is in employment of the company as director or key managerial personnel.
  • However, no such disqualification is prescribed under the law for appointing a person as a tax consultant therefore sec. 141(3)(f) will not be attracted.

Conclusion: Mr. Aditya can be appointed as a tax consultant irrespective that his father is the managing director of the company.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 37.
CA. P is providing the services of investment banking to C Ltd. Later on, he was also offered to be appointed as an auditor of the company for the current financial year. Advise. [RTP-May 18]
Answer:
Services not to be Rendered by the Auditor:
Section 144 of the Companies Act, 2013 prescribes certain services not to be rendered by the auditor. ‘ An auditor appointed under this Act shall provide to the company only such other services as are approved by the Board of Directors or the audit committee, as the case may be, but which shall not include any of the following services (whether such services are rendered directly or indirectly to the company or its holding company or subsidiary company), namely:

  1. accounting and book keeping services;
  2. internal audit;
  3. design and implementation of any financial information system;
  4. actuarial services;
  5. investment advisory services;
  6. investment banking services;
  7. rendering of outsourced financial services;
  8. management services; and
  9. any other kind of services as may be prescribed.

Further section 141(3)(i) of the Companies Act, 2013 also disqualify a person for appointment as an auditor of a company who is engaged as on the date of appointment in consulting and specialized services as provided in section 144.

In the given case, CA Innocent was appointed as an auditor of Contravene Ltd. He was offered additional services of actuarial, investment advisory and investment banking which was also approved by the Board of Directors.

Conclusion: The auditor is advised not to accept the services as these services are specifically notified in the services not to be rendered by him as an auditor as per section 144 of the Act.

Question 38.
Mr. Y was appointed as an auditor of PQR Ltd. for the year ended 31-3-2021 at the AGM held on 16-8-2020. Mr. Y has been indebted to the company for sum of ₹ 5,10,000 as on 1-4-2020, the opening date of accounting year which has been subject to his audit. However, Mr. Y having come to know that he might be appointed as auditor, he repaid the amount on 10-8-2020. One of the shareholders, complains that the appointment of Mr. Y as an auditor was invalid because he incurred disqualification u/s 141 of the Companies Act, 2013. Comment. [May 10 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Relevant Date for determining Disqualification:

  • As per Sec. 141(3) (d) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person who is indebted to the company for an amount exceeding ₹ 5,00,000 shall be disqualified to act as an auditor of such company.
  • The relevant date for determining whether a person is disqualified or not is the date of appointment. Hence, if a person has liquidated his debt before the appointment date, there is no disqualification to be construed for such appointment.
  • In the given case, Mr. Y was appointment as an auditor of PQR Ltd. for the year ended 31-3-2021 at the AGM held on 16-8-2020. He repaid the loan amount fully to the company on 10-8-2020 i.e. before the date of his appointment.

Conclusion:
The appointment of Mr. Y as an auditor is valid and the shareholder’s complaint is not acceptable.

Question 39.
Comment on the following: Sri & Company, a firm of Chartered Accountants was appointed as statutory auditors of Aaradhana Company Ltd. Aaradhana Company Ltd. holds 51% shares in Sarang Company Ltd. Mr. Sri, one of the partners of Sri & Company, owed ₹ 1,500 as on the date of appointment to Sarang Company Ltd. for goods purchased in normal course of business. [Nov. 10 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Disqualification as to indebtedness:
As per Section 141[3](d)(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person who, or his relative or partner is indebted to the company, or its subsidiary, or its holding or associate company, or a subsidiary of its holding company, for an amount exceeding ₹ 5,00,000 then he is not qualified for appointment as an auditor of a company.

Conclusion: Mr Sri is not disqualified to be appointed as auditor of the company as he is indebted to the company for an amount not exceeding ₹ 5,00,000, consequently, Sri & Co., is not disqualified to be appointed as an auditor of Aaradhana Company Ltd.

Question 40.
M/s RM & Co. is an audit firm having partners CA. R and CA. M. The firm has been offered the ap-pointment as an auditor of Enn Ltd. for the Financial Year 2020-21. Mr. Bee, the relative of CA. R, is holding 5,000 shares (face value of₹ 10 each) in Enn Ltd. having market value of₹ 1,50,000. One of the shareholders, complains that the appointment of RM & Co. as an auditor is invalid because it incurred disqualification u/s 141 of the Companies Act, 2013. Analyse and advise. [MTP-March 18, RTP-May 18]
Answer:
Disqualification u/s 141(3)(d):
1. Section 141(3)(d)(i) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that a person shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor of a company, who, or his relative or partner is holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company. However, as per proviso to this section, the relative of the person may hold the securities or interest in the company of face value not exceeding of ₹ 1,00,000.

2. In the instant case, M/s RM & Co. is an audit firm having partners CA. R and CA. M. Mr. Bee is a relative of CA. Rand he is holding shares of Enn Ltd. of face value of₹ 50,000 only (5,000 shares × ₹ 10 per share).

Conclusion: M/s RM & Co. is not disqualified for appointment as an auditor of Enn Ltd. as the relative of CA. R (i.e. partner of M/s RM & Co.) is holding the securities in Enn Ltd. which is within the limit mentioned in proviso to section 141(3)(d)(i) of the Companies Act, 2013.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 41.
RGS & Co. a firm of Chartered Accountants has three partners, namely, R, G & S. The firm is allotted the audit of BY Ltd. R, partner in the firm subsequently holds 100 shares in BY Ltd. Comment. [MTP-Oct. 18]
Answer:
Disqualification u/s 141(3)(d):
1. As per Sec. 141(3)(d) of Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 10 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, a person who, or his relative or partner is holding any security of or interest in the company or its subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding company, shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor of a company However, a relative may hold security or interest in the company of face value not exceeding ₹1 lakh.

2. Sec. 141(4) provides that where a person appointed as an auditor of a company incurs any of the disqualifications mentioned in Sec. 141(3) after his appointment, he shall vacate his office as such auditor and such vacation shall be deemed to be a casual vacancy in the office of the auditor.

3. In the instant case, RGS & Co. a firm of Chartered Accountants has three partners, namely, R, G & S. The firm is allotted the audit of BY Ltd. R, partner in the firm subsequently holds 100 shares in BY Ltd.

Conclusion: Applying the provisions of Sec. 141(3)(GQ and Sec. 141(4), it may be concluded that Firm of RGS, Chartered Accountants is not eligible to continue as auditors. Firm shall vacate its office as auditor and such vacation shall be treated as casual vacancy.

Question 42.
“CA. NM who is rendering management consultancy service to LA Ltd. wants to accept offer letter for appointment as an auditor of the LA Ltd. for the next financial year.” Discuss with reference to the provision of the Companies Act, 2013. [Nov. 18 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Disqualification u/s 141(3)(i):

  • Section 141 (3)(i) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that a person who directly or indirectly renders any service referred to in Sec. 144 to the company or its holding company or its subsidiary company shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor of that company.
  • Sec. 144 of Companies Act, 2013 provides the list of services which an auditor of the company cannot render, directly or indirectly to the company, its holding or subsidiary company. Management services is included in the list of services prescribed under section 144.
  • In the instant case, CA. NM who is rendering management consultancy service to LA Ltd. wants to accept offer letter for appointment as an auditor of the LA Ltd. for the next financial year.

Conclusion:
CANM is disqualified by virtue of provisions of Sec. 141(3)(z) of Companies Act, 2013. Hence, he is advised not to accept the appointment as auditor as long as he is rendering management consultancy services to the company.

Question 43.
“ABC & Co.” is an Audit Firm having partners “Mr. A”, “Mr. B” and “Mr. C”, Chartered Accountants. “Mr. A”, “Mr. B” and “Mr. C” are holding appointment as an Auditor in 4,6 and 10 Companies respectively.
(i) Provide the maximum number of Audits remaining in the name of “ABC & Co.”
(ii) Provide the maximum number of Audits remaining in the name of individual partner i.e. Mr. A, Mr. B and Mr. C.
(iii) Can ABC & Co. accept the appointment as an auditor in 60 private companies having paid-up share capital less than ₹ 100 Cr., which has not committed default in filing its financial statements u/s 137 or annual return u/s 92 of Companies Act with the Registrar, 2 small companies and 1 dormant company?
(iv) Would your answer be different, if out of those 60 private companies, 45 companies are having paid-up share capital of ₹ 110 crore each? [MTP-Oct. 20]
Answer:
Ceiling on Number of Audit:
As per section 141(3) (g) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor if he is in full time employment elsewhere or a person or a partner of a firm holding appointment as its auditor, if such person or partner is at the date of such appointment or reappointment holding appointment as auditor of more than twenty companies;

As per section 141(3)(g), this limit of 20 company audits is per person. In the case of an audit firm having 3 partners, the overall ceiling will be 3 × 20 = 60 company audits. Sometimes, a chartered accountant is a partner in a number of auditing firms. In such a case, all the firms in which he is partner or proprietor will be together entitled to 20 company audits on his account.

Conclusion:
(i) ABC & Co. can hold appointment as an auditor of 40 more companies as computed below:
Total Number of Audits available to the Firm = 20 × 3 = 60
Number of Audits already taken by all the partners in their individual capacity = 4 + 6 + 10 = 20
Remaining number of Audits available to the Firm = 40

(ii) Mr. A can hold: 20 – 4 = 16 more audits.
Mr. B can hold 20 – 6 = 14 more audits and
Mr. C can hold 20 – 10 = 10 more audits.

(iii) ABC & Co. can hold appointment as an auditor in all the 60 private companies having paid-up share capital less than ₹ 100 crore, 2 small companies and 1 dormant company as these are excluded from the ceiling limit of company audits given under section 141 (3) (g) of the Companies Act, 2013.

(iv) ABC & Co. can accept the appointment as an auditor for 2 small companies, 1 dormant company, 15 private companies having paid-up share capital less than ₹ 100 crore, and 40 private companies having paid-up share capital of ₹ 110 crore each in addition to above 20 company audits already holding.

Question 44.
K8C & Co. a firm of Chartered Accountants has three partners, K, B & C; K is also in whole time employment elsewhere. The firm is offered the audit of ABC Ltd. and is already holding audit of 40 companies. Comment
Answer:
Ceiling on Number of Company Audits:

  • As per section 141(3) (g) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor if he is in full time employment elsewhere or a person or a partner of a firm holding appointment as its auditor, if such person or partner is at the date of such appointment or reappointment holding appointment as auditor of more than twenty companies, other than one person company, dormant companies, small companies and private companies having paid up capital less then 100 Crores.
  • In the firm of KBC & Co., K is in whole-time employment elsewhere, therefore, he will be excluded in determining the number of company audits that the firm can hold.
  • If B and C do not hold any audits in their personal capacity or as partners of other firms, the total number of company audits that can be accepted by KBC & Co., is forty, and in the given case company is already holding forty audits.

Conclusion: KBC & Co. can’t accept the offer for audit of ABC Ltd.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 45.
PBS & Associates, a firm of Chartered Accountants, has three partners P, B and S. The firm is already having audit of 45 companies. The firm is offered 20 company audits. Decide and advise whether PBS & Associates will exceed the ceiling prescribed under Section 141(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013 by accepting the above audit assignments?
Answer:
Ceiling on Number of Company Audits:

  • As per section 141(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor if he is in full time employment elsewhere or a person or a partner of a firm holding appointment as its auditor, if such person or partner is at the date of such appointment or reappointment holding appointment as auditor of more than twenty companies, other than one person company, dormant companies, small companies and private companies having paid up capital less than 100 Crores. which has not committed default in filing its financial statements u/s 137 or annual return u/s92 of Companies Act with the Registrar.
  • In the case of firm of auditors, it has been further provided that specified number of companies shall be construed as the number of companies specified for every partner of the firm who is not in full time employment elsewhere.
  • In the firm of PBS & Associates, the overall ceiling will be 3 × 20 = 60 company audits.
  • Assuming that the partners, P, B & S do not hold any audits in their personal capacity or as partners of other firms, the total number of company audits that can be accepted by PBS & Associates is sixty, and in the given case company is already holding forty five audits.

Conclusion: PBS & Associates can accept offer of audit of 15 Companies.

Question 46.
Discuss on the following: Ceiling on number of audit in a company to be accepted by an auditor. [Nov. 12 (5 Marks)]
Or
What are the provisions prescribed under Companies Act, 2013 in respect of ceiling on number of audits in a company to be accepted by an auditor? [MTP-April 19]
Or
What are the provisions prescribed under companies Act, 2013 in respect of ceiling on number of audits in a company to be accepted by an auditor? [MTP-April 19]
Answer:
Ceiling on number of audit;
1. Section 141(3)(g) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that a person is not eligible to be appointed as auditor of a company if he is in full time employment elsewhere or a person or a partner of a firm holding appointment as its auditor, if such persons or partner is at the date of such appointment or reappointment holding appointment as auditor of more than 20 Companies other than one person company, dormant companies, small companies and private companies having paid up share capital less than 100 Crores, which has not committed default in filing its financial statements u/s 13 7 or annual return u/s 92 of Companies Act with the Registrar.

2. In the case of firm of auditors, it has been further provided that specified number of companies shall be construed as the number of companies specified for every partner of the firm who is not in full time employment elsewhere.

3. Where any partner of the firm is also a partner of any other firm or firms of auditors, the number of companies which may be taken into account, by all the firms together, in relation to such partner shall not exceed the specified number, in the aggregate.

4. Where any partner of a firm of auditors is also holding office, in his individual capacity, as the auditor of one or more companies, the number of companies which may be taken into account in his case shall not exceed the specified number, in the aggregate.

Question 47.
“The remuneration of the auditor of a company shall be fixed in its general meeting or in such manner as may be determined therein.” Explain with reference to provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. [MTP-Oct. 19]
Answer:
Remuneration of Auditors:
As per Sec. 142 of the Act, the remuneration of the auditor of a company shall be fixed in its general meeting or in such manner as may be determined therein. However, board may fix remuneration of the first auditor appointed by it.

Further, the remuneration, in addition to the fee payable to an auditor, includes the expenses, if any, incurred by the auditor in connection with the audit of the company and any facility extended to him but does not include any remuneration paid to him for any other service rendered by him at the request of the company.

Hence, it may be concluded that the remuneration to auditor shall also include any facility provided to him.

Question 48.
“Auditor of a company shall have a right of access to the books of account and vouchers of the company” Explain.
Answer:
Auditor’s Right of Access to Books of account and vouchers of the company:
Sec. 143(1)of Companies Act, 2013 provides that every auditor of a company shall have aright of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the company, whether kept at the registered office of the company or at any other place.

The term ‘books of account and vouchers’ includes all books which have any bearing or are likely to have any bearing on the accounts, whether these be the usual financial books or the statutory or statistical books. Similarly, the term ‘voucher’ includes all or any of the correspondence which may in any way serve to vouch for the accuracy of the accounts.

When the auditor is denied access to books, etc., his only remedy would be to report to the members that he could not obtain all the information and explanations he had required or considered necessary for the performance of his duties as auditors.

Question 49.
Explain Auditor’s right and duties in relation to-
(a) Report to the members of the company on the accounts examined by him [RTP-Nov. 19]
(b) Obtain information and explanation from officers. [RTP-Nov. 18]
Answer:
Auditor’s Right and Duties in relation to report on the accounts examined:
Sec. 143(2] of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that the auditor shall make a report to the members of the company on the following:

  • accounts examined by him and
  • on every financial statement which are required by or under this Act to be laid before the company in general meeting and

The Auditor’s Report shall state that to the best of his information and knowledge, the said accounts, financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs as at the end of its financial year and profit or loss and cash flow for the year and such other matters as may be prescribed.

Auditor’s Right and Duties to Obtain information and explanation from officers:

  • Sec. 143(1] of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that every Auditor shall be entitled to require from the officers of the company such information and explanation as he may consider necessary for the performance of his duties as auditor.
  • As per Sec. 2(59] of Companies Act, 2013, the term ‘officer’ includes any director, manager or key managerial personnel or any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the BOD or any one or more of the directors is or are accustomed to act.
  • When the auditor is not provided the information required by him or is denied access to books, etc., his only remedy would be to report to the members that he could not obtain all the information and explanations he had required or considered necessary for the performance of his duties as auditors.

Question 50.
State the matters to be specified in Auditor’s Report in terms of provisions of Section 143(3) of the Companies Act, 2013.
Answer:
Matters to be specified in Auditor’s report in terms of provisions of Section 143(3):
Sec. 143(3) of Companies Act, 2013 requires that he auditor’s report shall also state the following:
(a) whether he has sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of his knowledge and belief were necessary for the purpose of his audit and if not, the details thereof and the effect of such information on the financial statements;

(b) whether, in his opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the company so far as appears from his examination of those books and proper returns adequate for the purposes of his audit have been received from branches not visited by him;

(c) whether the report on the accounts of any branch office of the company audited u/s 143(8] by a person other than the company’s auditor has been sent to him under the proviso to that sub-section and the manner in which he has dealt with it in preparing his report;

(d) whether the company’s balance sheet and profit and loss account dealt with in the report are in agreement with the books of account and returns;

(e) whether, in his opinion, the financial statements comply with the accounting standards;

(f) the observations or comments of the auditors on financial transactions or matters which have any adverse effect on the functioning of the company;

(g) whether any director is disqualified from being appointed as a director under sub-section (2) of section 164;

(h) any qualification, reservation or adverse remark relating to the maintenance of accounts and other matters connected therewith;

(i) whether the company has adequate internal financial controls with reference to financial statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls;

(j) such other matters as may be prescribed.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 51.
While conducting the audit of a limited company for the year ended 31st March, 2021, the auditor wanted to refer to the Minute Books. The Board of Directors refused to show the Minute Books to the auditor.
Or
During the audit of PQR Ltd. you as an auditor requested officers of the company to have access to secretarial records and correspondence which they refused to provide. Comment. [MTP-April 19]
Answer:
Right of Access to Books of Account:

  • Sec. 143(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 grants powers to the auditor that every auditor has a right of access, at all times, to the books of account and vouchers of the company.
  • The term books of account include all books which have any bearing or are likely to have any bearing on the accounts, whether these be the usual financial books or the statutory or statistical books.
  • In order to verify actions of the company and to vouch and verify some of the transactions of the company, it is necessary for the auditor to refer to the decisions of the shareholders and/ or the directors of the company.
  • It is, therefore, essential for the auditor to refer to the Minute Books. In the absence of the Minute Books, the auditor may not be able to vouch/verify certain transactions of the company.

Conclusion: In case the directors have refused to produce the Minute Books, the auditor may consider
extending the audit procedure as also consider qualifying his report in any appropriate manner.

Question 52.
The auditor of X Ltd. did not report on the matters, specified u/s 143(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, on which he inquired into, because of the reason that he was satisfied. But the management of the company wanted the auditor to report on those matters so that the members can also be aware of the true position of the company. Comment as to whether the auditor is required to report the matters, specified under the Act, he inquired into and whether the contention of the management is sustainable.
Answer:
Reporting of Matters contained under Section 143(1) of the Companies Act, 2013:
1. Sec. 143(1) of the Act deals with the duties of an auditor requiring him to make an inquiry in respect of specified propriety matters.

2. The matters in respect of which the inquiry has to be made by the auditor are relating to loans and advances on the basis of security, transactions represented merely by book entries, investments sold at less than cost price, loans and advances shown as deposits, personal expenses charged to revenue account etc.

3. The law requires the auditor to make an inquiry, the Research Committee of the Institute opined that the auditor is not required to report on these matters unless he has any special comments to make on any of the items referred to therein. If the auditor is satisfied as a result of the inquiries, he has no further duty to report that he is so satisfied.

4. Therefore, it could be said that the auditor should make a report to the members in case he finds answer to any of these matters in adverse,

Conclusion: The auditor of X Ltd. is correct in non-reporting on the matters specified in Sec. 143(1) of the Act and hence, the contention of the management is not sustainable.

Question 53.
“Travelling expenses of ₹ 2.25 lakhs shown in Statement of Profit and Loss of X Ltd., including a sum of₹ 1.10 lakhs spent by a Director on his foreign travel for company’s business accompanied by his mother for her medical treatment”. Comment.
Answer:
Personal Expenses of Directors

  • All payments to Directors as remuneration or perquisites whether in the case of a public or private company need to be authorised in accordance with the Companies Act as well as Articles of Association of the company.
  • If the terms of appointment of a Director include payment of expenses of a personal nature, then such expenses can be incurred by the company; otherwise, no such expense can be incurred or reimbursed by the company.
  • In the instant case the auditor has to ensure that the payment made by the company towards foreign travel of Director’s mother is covered by terms of appointment or approved by the company in general meeting.
  • This payment is also covered u/s 143(1), and hence auditor is required to inquire into the matter and make a disclosure in his report accordingly.

Question 54.
M/s XYZ & Co., auditors of Goodwill Education Foundation, a recognised non-profit organisation feels that the standards on auditing need not to be applied as Goodwill Education Foundation is a non-profit making concern.
Answer:
Compliance with Standards on Auditing;

  • As per Sec. 143(9) of the Companies Act, 2013, every auditor shall comply with the auditing standards. Further as per Sec. 143(10), the Central Government may prescribe the standards of auditing or any addendum thereto, as recommended by the ICAI, in consultation with and after examination of the recommendations made by the NFRA.
  • However, until any auditing standards are notified, standards of auditing specified by the ICAI shall be deemed to be the auditing standards.
  • Further, the Preface to Standards on Auditing requires that while discharging their attest function; it is the duty of the Chartered Accountant to ensure that SAs are followed in the audit of financial information covered by their audit reports.

Conclusion: In the given case, even though the client is a non-profit oriented entity the SAs shall apply and the auditor is required to ensure their compliance. In case he fails to discharge his duty he shall be guilty of professional misconduct.

Question 55.
An auditor became aware of a matter regarding a company, only after he had issued his audit opinion. Had he become aware of the same prior to his issuing the audit report, he would have issued a different opinion.
Answer:
Auditor’s duties w.r.t. subsequent events:

  • Sec. 146 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires the auditors of a company to attend the general meeting of the company unless otherwise exempted by the company.
  • Auditor shall have the right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as auditors.
  • The discovery of a fact after issuance of the financial statements that existed at the date of the audit report which would have caused the revision of the audit report, requires the auditor to bring this to the notice of shareholders.
  • Further SA 560 “Subsequent Event” also prescribes the procedures which the auditor is required to perform.

Conclusion: It will be advisable for the auditor to attend the meeting with a view to bringing to the notice of the shareholders the matter which came to his knowledge subsequent to his signing the report and perform procedures are per the requirement of SA 560.

Question 56.
Y, is the auditor of X Pvt. Ltd. In which there are four shareholders only, who are also the Directors of the company. On account of bad trade and for reducing the expenses in all directions, the directors asked Y to accept a reduced fee and for that he has been offered not to carry out such full audit as he has done in the past. Y accepted the suggestions of the directors.
Answer:
Restricting Scope of Audit:

  • Auditor’s duties are governed by the provisions of Sec. 143 of Companies Act, 2013, which can not be restricted either by the director or even by the entire body of shareholders.
  • Further, remuneration is a matter of arrangement between the auditor and the shareholders. Section 142 specifies the remuneration of an auditor, shall be fixed by the company in general meeting or in such manner as the company in general meeting may determine.
  • Duties of auditor may not necessarily commensurate with his remuneration.

Conclusion: Y, should not accept the suggestions of the directors regarding the scope of the work to be done. If he accepts the suggestions of the directors regarding the scope of work to be done, it would not reduce his responsibility as an auditor under the law and he will be violating the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 57.
At the Annual General Meeting of the Company, a resolution was passed by the entire body of shareholders restricting some of the powers of the Statutory Auditors. Whether powers of the Statutory Auditors can be restricted₹
Answer:
Restrictions on Powers of Statutory Auditors:
Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that an auditor of a company shall have right of access at all times to the books and account and vouchers of the company whether kept at the Head Office or other places and shall be entitled to require from the offices of the company such information and explanations as the auditor may think necessary for the purpose of his audit.

These specific rights have been conferred by the statute on the auditor to enable him to carry out his duties and responsibilities prescribed under the Act, which cannot be restricted or abridged in any manner.

Further it was held in the case of Newton v. Birmingham Small Arms Co. that any resolution even if passed by entire body of shareholders which preclude the auditors from availing themselves of all the information for which they are entitled to under the Company Law are inconsistent with the Act and therefore null and void.

Conclusion: Any resolution restricting the scope of statutory right of auditor even if passed by entire body of shareholders is ultra virus and therefore void.

Question 58.
Mr. Rajendra, a fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, working as Manager of Shrivastav and Co., a Chartered Accountant firm, signed the audit report of Ora Ltd. on behalf of Shrivastav & Co.
Answer:
Signature on Audit Report:
Section 145 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires that the person appointed as an auditor of the company shall sign the auditor’s report or sign or certify any other document of the company in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 141(2), i.e. where a firm including a LLP is appointed as an auditor of a company, only the partners who are CAs shall be authorized to act and sign on behalf of the firm.

In the present case, Mr. Rajendra, a fellow member of the Institute and a manager of M/s Shrivastav & Co., Chartered Accountants, cannot sign on behalf of the firm in view of the specific requirements of the Companies Act, 2013. If any auditor’s report or any document of the company is signed or authenticated otherwise than in conformity with the requirements of Section 145, the auditor concerned and the person, if any, other than the auditor who signs the report or signs or authenticates the document shall, if the default is will ful, be punishable with a fine.

Question 59.
The members of C. Ltd. preferred a complaint against the auditor stating that he has failed to send the auditors report to them.
Answer:
Dispatch of Auditor’s Report to Shareholders:

  • Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down the powers and duties of auditor. As per provisions of the law, it is no part of the auditor’s duty to send a copy of his report to members of the company.
  • The auditor’s duty concludes once he forwards his report to the company. It is the responsibility of company to send the report to every member of the company.
  • In case of Allen Graig and Company (London) Ltd., it was held that duty of the auditor after having signed the report to be annexed to a balance sheet is confined only to forwarding that report to the secretary of the company. It will be for the secretary or the director to convene a general meeting and send the balance sheet and report to the members (or other person) entitled to receive it.

Conclusion: Auditor cannot be held liable for the failure to send the report to the shareholders.

Question 60.
One of the directors of Hitech Ltd. is attracted by the disqualification under Section 164(2) of the Companies Act, 2013.
Answer:
Disqualification of a Director under section 164(2) of the Companies Act, 2013:

  • Section 143(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013 imposes a specific duty on the auditor to report whether any director is disqualified from being appointed as directors under section 164(2) of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The auditor has to ensure that written representation have been obtained by the Board from each director that one is not hit by Section 164(2).

Conclusion: In this case, one of the director is attracted by disqualification u/s 164(2) of the Act, the auditor shall state in his report as per Sec. 143 about the disqualification of the particular director.

Question 61.
The Board of Directors of a company have filed a complaint with the 1CA1 against their statutory auditors for their failing to attend the AGM of the Shareholders in which audited accounts were considered.
Answer:
Auditor’s Attendance at Annual General Meeting:
♦ Section 146 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires the auditor of a company to attend either by himself or through his qualified authorised representative to attend the general meeting, unless exempted.

♦ The said section provides that all notices and other communications relating to any general meeting of a company shall also be forwarded to the auditor.

♦ Further, it has been provided that the auditor shall have right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as an auditor.

Conclusion:
Complaint filed by the Board of Directors is valid if the auditor was not being exempted by the company.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 62.
Mr. X, a Director of M/s KP Private Ltd., is also a Director of another company viz., M/s GP Private Ltd., which has not filed the financial statements and annual return for last three years 2018-19 to 2020-21. Mr. X is of the opinion that he is not disqualified u/s 164(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, and auditor should not mention disqualification remark in his audit report.
Answer:
Disqualification of a Director under section 164(2) of the Companies Act, 2013:
1. Section 143(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013 imposes a specific duty on the auditor to report whether any director is disqualified from being appointed as director u/s 164(2) of the Companies Act, 2013.

2. As per provisions of Section 164(2), if a director is already holding a directorship of a company which has not filed the financial statements or annual returns for any continuous period of 3 financial years shall not be eligible to be reappointed as a director of that company or appointed in other company for a period of five years from the date on which the said company fails to do so.

Conclusion: In this case, Mr. X is a director of M/s KP Private Ltd. as well as of M/s GP Private Ltd., And, M/s GP Private Ltd., has not filed the financial statements and annual return for last three years. Hence the provisions of section 164(2) are applicable to him and as such he is disqualified from directorship of both the companies. Therefore, the auditor shall report about the disqualification u/s 143(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 63.
Comment: Contravene Ltd. appointed CA Innocent as an auditor for the company for the current financial year. Further the company offered him the services of actuarial, investment advisory and investment banking which was also approved by the Board of Directors.
Answer:
Services not to be Rendered by the Auditor:
Section 144 of the Companies Act, 2013 prescribes certain services not to be rendered by the auditor. An auditor appointed under this Act shall provide to the company only such other services as are approved by the Board of Directors or the audit committee, as the case may be, but which shall not include any of the following services (whether such services are rendered directly or indirectly to the company or its holding company or subsidiary company), namely:

  • accounting and book keeping services;
  • internal audit;
  • design and implementation of any financial information system;
  • actuarial services;
  • investment advisory services;
  • investment banking services;
  • rendering of outsourced financial services;
  • management services; and
  • any other kind of services as may be prescribed.

Further section 141(3)(i) of the Companies Act, 2013 also disqualify a person for appointment as an auditor of a company who is engaged as on the date of appointment in consulting and specialized services as provided in section 144.

In the given case, CA Innocent was appointed as an auditor of Contravene Ltd. H e was offered additional services of actuarial, investment advisory and investment banking which was also approved by the Board of Directors.

Conclusion: The auditor is advised not to accept the services as these services are specifically notified in the services not to be rendered by him as an auditor as per section 144 of the Act.

Question 64.
Mr. Budiha, Statutory AuiJitors of Secret Ltd. was not permitted by the Board of Directors to attend general meeting of the company on the ground that his right to attend general meetings is restricted only to those meetings at which the accounts audited by him are to be presented and discussed.
Answer:
Auditor’s Attendance at Annual General Meeting:

  • Section 146 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires the auditor of a company to attend either by himself or through his qualified authorised representative to attend the general meeting, unless exempted.
  • The said section provides that all notices and other communications relating to any general meeting of a company shall also be forwarded to the auditor.
  • Further, it has been provided that the auditor shall, have right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as an auditor.
  • In the present case Mr. Budha, Statutory Auditors of Secret Ltd. was not permitted by the Board of Directors to attend general meeting of the company on the ground that his right to attend general meetings is restricted only to those meetings at which the accounts audited by him are to be presented and discussed.

Conclusion: Action of Board of Directors is contrary to the provisions of Section 146 as auditor’s
duties and rights with respect of general meetings are extended to ali general meetings.

Question 65.
Explain the auditor’s duties with respect to reporting over fraud under Companies Act, 2013.
Or
Mr. A is appointed as statutory auditor of a company for the financial year ended 31st March, 2019. During the course of audit, it was found that few doubtful transactions had been committed by finance manager who retired in March, 2019. The fraud was going on since last 3 years and the total amount misappropriated exceeding ₹ 100 lakhs. As a statutory auditor, what would be reporting responsibilities of Mr. A? [May 18 (5 Marks}]
Answer:
Auditor’s duties to report fraud to the Central Government:
Section 143(12] of Companies Act, 2013 requires that if an auditor of a company in the course of the performance of his duties as auditor, has reason to believe that an offence of fraud involving such amount or amounts as may be prescribed, is being or has been committed in the company by its officers or employees, the auditor shall report the matter to the Central Government within such time and in such manner as may be prescribed. For this purpose, Rule 13 prescribes the amount of ₹ 1 Cr. or more.

However, in case of a fraud involving lesser than the specified amount, i.e. below ₹ 1 Cr., the auditor shall report the matter to the audit committee constituted u/s 177 or to the Board in other cases within such time and in such manner as may be prescribed:

The companies, whose auditors have reported frauds to the audit committee or the Board but not reported to the Central Government, shall disclose the details about such frauds in the Board’s report in such manner as may be prescribed.

Rulel3 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 prescribes the manner of Reporting of Frauds in various cases.

Question 66.
Explain the manner of Reporting of fraud under Companies Act, 2013
Answer:
Manner of Reporting of Fraud:
Rulel3 of Companies (Audit and Auditors] Rules, 2014 prescribes the manner of Reporting of Frauds as below:
1. If an auditor of a company, in the course of the performance of his duties as statutory auditor, has reason to believe that an offence of fraud, which involves or is expected to involve individually an amount of ₹ 1 Cr. or above, is being or has been committed against the company by its officers or employees, the auditor shall report the matter to the CG.

2. The auditor shall report the matter to the CG as under:
(a) the auditor shall report the matter to the Board or the Audit Committee, as the case may be, immediately but not later than 2 days of his knowledge of the fraud, seeking their reply or observations within 45 days;

(b) on receipt of such reply or observations, the auditor shall forward his report and the reply or observations of the Board or the Audit Committee along with his comments (on such reply or observations of the Board or the Audit Committee) to the CG within 15 days from the date of receipt of such reply or observations;

(c) in case the auditor fails to getany reply or observations from the Board or the Audit Committee within the stipulated period of 45 days, he shall forward his report to the CG along with a note containing the details of his report that was earlier forwarded to the Board or the Audit Committee for which he has not received any reply or observations;

(d) the report shall be sent to the Secretary, Ministry of Corporate Affairs in a sealed cover by Registered Post with Acknowledgement Due or by Speed Post followed by an e-mail in confirmation of the same;

(e) the report shall be on the letter-head of the auditor containing postal address, e-mail address and contact telephone number or mobile number and be signed by the auditor with his seal and shall indicate his Membership Number; and

[f] the report shall be in the form of a statement as specified in Form ADT-4.

3. In case of a fraud involving amount less than ₹ 1 Cr., the auditor shall report the matter to Audit Committee constituted u/s 177 or to the Board immediately but not later than 2 days of his knowledge of the fraud and he shall report the matter specifying the following:
(a) Nature of Fraud with description;
(b) Approximate amount involved; and
(c) Parties involved.

4. The following details of each of the fraud reported to the Audit Committee or the Board under sub-rule (3) during the year shall be disclosed in the Board’s Report:
(a) Nature of Fraud with description;
(b) Approximate Amount involved;
(c) Parties involved, if remedial action not taken; and
(d) Remedial actions taken.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 67.
Explain the term “Auditor’s Lien”. [Nov. 12 (4 Marks)]
Or
Though legally auditor may exercise right of Lien in case of companies, it is mostly impracticable for legal and practicable constraints. Do you agree₹ [May 19 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Auditor’s Lien:

  • Lien refers to the right of a person for lawful possession of somebody’s else property on which he has worked. Right of lien is exercised for non-payment of his dues for the work done.
  • The auditor can exercise right of lien on the client’s books and documents in his possession for non-payment of fees by the client, for the work done on the books and documents.
  • In respect of auditor exercising the lien, The institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales has expressed a similar view subject to the following conditions:
    • Documents must belong to the client who owes the money,
    • These documents must come to the possession of the auditor on the client’s authority.
    • The auditor can retain such documents, only if he has done work on such documents, on which fees have not been paid.

In view of the conditions as stated above, it appears that though legally auditor may exercise right of Lien in case of companies, it is mostly impracticable for legal and practicable constraints.

It is to be noted in this regard that Ethical Standard Board of ICAI held that a chartered accountant cannot exercise lien over the client documents/records for non-payment of his fees.

Question 68.
State the services which are not to be rendered by an auditor as per the provisions of Companies Act, 2013. [Nov. 16 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Services not to be Rendered by the Auditor:
Section 144 of the Companies Act, 2013 prescribes certain services not to be rendered by the auditor. An auditor appointed under this Act shall provide to the company only such other services as are approved by the Board of Directors or the audit committee, as the case may be, but which shall not include any of the following services (whether such services are rendered directly or indirectly to the company or its holding company or subsidiary company), namely:

  • accounting and book keeping services;
  • internal audit;
  • design and implementation of any financial information system;
  • actuarial services;
  • investment advisory services;
  • investment banking services;
  • rendering of outsourced financial services;
  • management services; and
  • any other kind of services as may be prescribed.

Question 69.
Write short note on: Audit enquiry w.r.t. Companies Act, 2013. [Nov. 16 (4 Marks)]
Or
The auditor is not required to report on the matters specified in sub-section (1) of Section 143 unless he has any special comments to make on any of the items referred to therein. If he is satisfied as a result of the inquiries, he has no further duty to report that he is so satisfied. Explain clearly stating the matters for which the auditor has to perform his duty of inquiry under this section. [MTP-Aug. 18]
Or
Explain the duties of Auditor to inquire under Section 143(1) of the Companies Act, 2013. [RTP-Nov. 18]
Or
The auditor has to make inquires on certain matters under section 143(1) of Companies Act, 2013. Discuss those matters. [MTP-Oct, 20]
Answer:
Audit Inquiry u/s 143(1):
Section 143(1) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that amongst other matters, auditor is required to
inquire into the following matters, namely:
(a) whether loans and advances made by the company on the basis of security have been properly secured and whether the terms on which they have been made are prejudicial to the interests of the company or its members;
(b) whether transactions of the company which are represented merely by book entries are prejudicial to the interests of the company;
(c) where the company not being an investment company or a banking company, whether so much of the assets of the company as consist of shares, debentures and other securities have been sold at a price less than that at which they were purchased by the company;
(d) whether loans and advances made by the company have been shown as deposits;
(e) whether personal expenses have been charged to revenue account;
(f) where it is stated in the books and documents of the company that any shares have been allotted for cash, whether cash has actually been received in respect of such allotment, and if no cash has actually been so received, whether the position as stated in the account books and the balance sheet is correct, regular and not misleading.

Note: In the opinion of Research Committee of the ICAI, reporting in these matters is required only if the auditor finds answer to any of these matters in adverse.

Question 70.
Auditors have right to attend only those general meeting at which the accounts audited by them are to be discussed. Comment. [May 19 (3 Marks)]
Answer: Auditor’s right as to attend general meetings:
1. Sec. 146 of Companies Act, 2013 provides that all notices of, and other communications relating to, any general meeting shall be forwarded to the auditor of the company, and the auditor shall, unless otherwise exempted by the company, attend either by himself or through his authorised representative, who shall also be qualified to be an auditor, any general meeting and shall have right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as the auditor.

2. Sec. 146 states that auditor is required to attend, either by himself or through his authorised representative any general meeting of the company. Hence the statement that auditors have right to attend only those general meeting at which the accounts audited by them are to be discussed does not seems to be correct.

Note: From the language of the provisions of Sec. 146, it appears thatto attend general meeting is auditor’s duty, not his right. Auditor has a right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as the auditor.

Question 71.
According to Companies Act, 2013, the person appointed as an auditor of the company shall sign the auditor’s report in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Act. Explain clearly the relevant provisions relating to signing of report. [RTP-Nov. 19]
Answer:
Signing of Audit Report:

  • As per section 145 of the Companies Act, 2013, the person appointed as an auditor of the company shall sign the auditor’s report or sign or certify any other document of the company, in accordance with the provisions of section 141(2).
  • Section 141(2) of the Companies Act, 2013 states that where a firm including a limited liability partnership is appointed as an auditor of a company, only the partners who are chartered accountants shall be authorised to act and sign on behalf of the firm.
  • The qualifications, observations or comments on financial transactions or matters, which have any adverse effect on the functioning of the company mentioned in the auditor’s report shai! be read before the company in general meeting,

Question 72.
The head accountant of a company entered fake invoices of credit purchases in the books of account i aggregate of ₹ 50 lakh and cleared all the payments to such bogus creditor. How will you deal as an auditor? [RTP-May 20]
Answer:
Reporting of Fraud:

  • As per requirement of Sec. 143[12] of Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditor’s] Rules, 2 014, the auditor of the company is required to report the fraudulent activity to the Board or Audit Committee (as the case may be] within 2 days of his knowledge of fraud.
  • Company is also required to disclose the same in Board’s Report.
  • It may be noted that the auditor need not to report the Central Government as the amount of fraud involved is less than ₹ 1 crore, however, reporting under CARO, 2016 is required.

Question 73.
Examine the applicability of CARO, 2020 in the below mentioned cases:
(a) Educating Child is a limited company registered under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013.
(b) Ashu Pvt. Ltd. having paid capital and reserves of ₹ 50 lakh. During the year, the company had borrowed ₹ 70 lakh each from a bank and a financial institution independently. Turnover for the year was ₹ 900 lakh.
Answer:
Applicability of CARO, 2020
CARO, 2020 shall apply to every company including a foreign company as defined in Sec. 2(42] of the Companies Act, 2013, except:

  • a banking company;
  • n insurance company;
  • a company licensed to operate u/s 8 of the Companies Act;
  • a One Person Company as defined in Sec. 2(62) of the Companies Act and a Small Company as defined in Sec. 2(85) of the Companies Act; and
  • a private limited company, not being a subsidiary or holding of a public company,
    • having a Paid up capital & Reserves & Surplus not more than ₹ 1 Cr. as on the balance sheet date, and
    • which does not have total borrowings exceeding ₹ 1 Cr. from any bank or financial institution at any point of time during the financial year, and
    • which does not have a total revenue as disclosed in Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013 (including revenue from discontinuing operations) exceeding ₹ 10 Cr. during the financial year as per the financial statements.

Conclusion: (a] CARO, 2020 is not applicable in case of Educating Child as it is registered under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 (b] In case of Ashu Pvt. Ltd., CARO, 2020 is applicable as borrowings in aggregate exceeds ₹ lCr.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 74.
Write short note on: Reporting requirement under CARO, 2020 w.r.t. physical verification of Property, Plant and Equipment.
Answer:
Reporting requirement under CARO w.r.t. Physical Verification of Property, Plant and Equipment:
1. Para 3 of CARO 2020 requires the auditor to comment “Whether the Property, Plant and Equipment have been physically verified by the management at reasonable intervals; whether any material discrepancies were noticed on such verification and if so, whether the same have been properly dealt with in the books of account.

2. The term “Reasonable Intervals” has not been defined and hence depends upon the circumstances of each case considering the number of assets, nature of assets, relative value of assets, difficulty in verifications, situation of the assets etc.

3. The management may decide about the periodicity of physical verification of fixed assets, While an annual verification may be reasonable; it may be impracticable to carry out the same in some cases. In such cases the verification should be programmed in such manner that all assets are verified at least once in every three years.

4. Auditor is also required to obtain a written representation from management confirming that the fixed assets are physically verified by the management in accordance with the policy of the company. The representation should mention the periodicity of the physical verification, details of the material discrepancies noticed during the physical verification. If no discrepancies were noticed during the physical verification, the representation should also mention this fact clearly.

Question 75.
The company has dispensed with the practice of taking inventory of their inventories at the year- end as in their opinion the exercise is redundant, time consuming and intrusion to normal functioning of the operations. Explain reporting requirement under CARO, 2020.
Answer:
Reporting Requirements w.r.t. Inventory:
Para 3[ii] of CARO, 2020 requires the auditor to comment on the following:
(a) whether physical verification of inventory has been conducted at reasonable intervals by the management; and
(b) whether, in the opinion of the auditor, the coverage and procedure of such verification by the management is appropriate;
(c) whether any discrepancies of 10% or more in the aggregate for each class of inventory were noticed and if so, whether they have been properly dealt with in the books of account;

Question 76.
Comment: No cost accounting records are maintained though the company is required to maintain the same.
Answer:
Non-maintenance of Cost Records;

  • As per the CARO, 2020, where maintenance of cost records has been prescribed by the C. G., auditor of the company is specifically required to state whether such accounts and records as prescribed have been made and maintained.
  • Though the auditor is not required to conduct detailed audit but the auditor is expected to conduct a general review of the cost records to determine whether the prescribed accounts and records are prima facie complete.
  • Therefore, whether cost audit is ordered or not the auditor should report upon the non maintenance of the cost records.

Question 77.
Comment on the following: ABC Ltd. Has not deposited provident fund contributions of ₹ 20 lakhs to the authorities, but accounted in the books.
Answer:
Non-Deposit of Provident Fund Dues:

  • The auditor’s report under CARO, 2020 has to specifically state whether the company is regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues including PF with the appropriate authority and, if not, the extent of the arrears of outstanding statutory dues as at the last day of the FY year concerned for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable, shall be indicated by the auditor.
  • In this case, the failure of ABC Ltd. To deposit provident fund of ₹ 20 lakhs will be reported by the auditor as per CARO, 2020 issued u/s 143(11) of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • In indicating the arrears, the period to which the arrears relate should preferably be also given.

Question 78.
Comment on the following: XYZ (Pvt.) Ltd. has paid up capital and Reserves of ₹ 110 lacs and secured Loans of Nationalized Banks having sanctioned limit of ₹ 28 lacs and outstanding balance of₹ 23 lacs. The turnover of the company is 10.10 crores for the year ended 31-3-2021. Customer returns goods worth 40 lacs on 2-4-2021, out of sales made during the year ended 31-3-2021. The management is of the opinion that CARO is not applicable to the company. [May 10 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Applicability of CARO:
CARO is not applicable to a private limited company:

  • having a paid up capital & Reserves & Surplus not more than ₹ 1 Cr. as on the balance sheet date, and
  • which does not have total borrowings exceeding ₹ 1 Cr. from any bank or financial institution at any point of time during the financial year, and
  • which does not have a total revenue as disclosed in Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013 (including revenue from discontinuing operations) exceeding ₹ 10 Cr. during the financial year as per the financial statements.

In the given case, the paid up capital and reserves of XYZ (Private) Ltd. is ₹ 110 lacs. Outstanding loan amount is ₹ 23 lacs although sanction limit is ₹ 28 lacs. Company’s turnover is ₹ 10.10 crores.
Sales return are deducted from the turnover in the year in which return takes place.

Conclusion: Contention of the management that provision of CARO are not applicable over the company is not correct and the auditor is required to report on the matter specified in the said order.

Question 79.
On what companies the CARO, 2020 is applicable and what companies are not covered by it₹
Or
What is CARO? Explain the companies which are not covered by CARO. [Nov. 11 (8 Marks)]
Or
Write short note on: Companies not covered under CARO [Nov. 14 (4 Marks)]
Or
Discuss which class of companies are specifically exempt from the applicability of CARO. [Nov. 16 (6 Marks)]
Answer:
Applicability of CARO, 2020:
CARO, 2020 shall apply to every company including a foreign company as defined in Sec. 2(42) of the Companies Act, 2013, except:
(i) a banking company;
(ii) an insurance company;
(iii) a company licensed to operate u/s 8 of the Companies Act;
(iv) a One Person Company as defined in Sec. 2(62) of the Companies Act and a Small Company as
defined in Sec. 2(85) of the Companies Act; and
(v) a private limited company, not being a subsidiary or holding of a public company,

  • having a Paid up capital & Reserves & Surplus not more than ₹ 1 Cr. as on the balance sheet date, and
  • which does not have total borrowings exceeding ₹ 1 Cr. from any bank or financial institution at any point of time during the financial year, and
  • which does not have a total revenue as disclosed in Schedule 111 to the Companies Act, 2013 (including revenue from discontinuing operations) exceeding ₹ 10 Cr. during the financial year as per the financial statements.
    The order would be applicable for unlimited companies irrespective of the size of their paid up capital and reserves, turnover or borrowings.

Question 80.
Discuss the matters to be included in the auditor’s report regarding statutory dues and repayment of loans or borrowing to a financial institution, bank, Government or dues to debenture holders as per CARO, 2020.
Answer:
Reporting under CARO, 2020
(a) Statutory Dues:

  • Whether the company is regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues including GST, provident fund, employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales-tax, service tax, duty of customs, duty of excise, value added tax,cess and any other statutory dues to the appropriate authorities and if not, the extent of the arrears of outstanding statutory dues as at the last day of the financial year concerned for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable, shall be indicated.
  • Where statutory dues referred above have not been deposited on account of any dispute, then the amounts involved and the forum where dispute is pending shall be mentioned.

(b) Repayment of Loans and Borrowings:
Whether the company has defaulted in repayment of loans or other borrowings or in the payment of interest thereon to any lender, if yes, the period and amount of default to be reported as per the format below:
The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes 1
lender wise details to be provided in case of defaults to banks, financial institutions and Government.

(b) whether the company is a declared wilful defaulter by any bank or financial institution or other lender

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 81.
State the matters to be included in the auditor’s report as per CARO, 2020 regarding-
(a) Default in repayment of loans or borrowing to a financial institution, bank etc.
(b) Fraud by the company or on the Company by its officers or employees.
Answer:
Reporting under CARO, 2020
(a) Default in Repayment of Loans and Borrowings:
Whether the company has defaulted in repayment of loans or other borrowings or in the payment of interest thereon to any lender, if yes, the period and amount of default to be reported as per the format below:
The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes 1
lender wise details to be provided in case of defaults to banks, financial institutions and Government.

(b) Fraud by the company or on the company [Para 3(xi)]:

  • Whether any fraud by the company or any fraud on the Company has been noticed or reported during the year; If yes, the nature and the amount involved is to be indicated.
  • Whether any report u/s 143(12) of the Companies Act has been filed by the auditors in Form ADT-4 as prescribed under rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government;
  • Whether the auditor has considered whistle-blower complaints, if any, received during the year by the company.

Question 82.
State the matters to be included in the auditor’s report as per CARO, 2020 regarding-
(i) Private placement of preferential issue.
(ii) Utilisation of IPO and further public offer. [May 18 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Reporting requirements under CARO, 2020:
(i) Private Placement of Preferential issues:
Para 3(x) of CARO, 2020 requires the following:

  • Whether the company has made any preferential allotment or private placement of shares or convertible debentures (fully, partially or optionally convertible) during the year and if so,
  • Whether the requirements of section 42 and section 62 of the Companies Act, 2013 have been complied with and the funds raised have been used for the purposes for which the funds were raised, if not, provide details in respect of amount involved and nature of noncompliance;

(ii) Utilisation of IPO and Further Public Offer:
Para 3(x) of CARO, 2020 requires the following:

  • Whether moneys raised by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year were applied for the purposes for which those are raised, if not,
  • The details together with delays or default and subsequent rectification, if any, as may be applicable, be reported.

Question 83.
State the matters to be included in the auditor’s report as per CARO, 2020 regarding-
(i) Property Plant and Equipment
(ii) Statutory dues
Or
Explain the Reporting requirements the auditor should ensure under CARO, 2020 related to Property Plant and Equipment. [May 19 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report under CARO, 2020:
The auditor’s report on the accounts of a company to which CARO applies shall include a statement on the following matters, namely-
(i) Property, Plant and Equipment:
As per clause (i) of Para 3 of CARO, 2020, reporting requirements in respect of property, plant and equipment are:

Adequacy of Records:

  • Whether the company is maintaining proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of Property, Plant and Equipment.
  • Whether the company is maintaining proper records showing full particulars of intangible assets.

Physical verification:

  • Whether these Property, Plant and Equipment have been physically verified by the management at reasonable intervals;
  • Whether any material discrepancies were noticed on such verification and if so,
  • Whether the same have been properly dealt with in the books of account.

Title Deeds:

  • Whether the title deeds of all the immovable properties (Other than properties where the company is the lessee and the lease agreements are duly executed in favour of the lessee) disclosed in the financial statements are held in the name of the company.
  • If not, provide details in Specific format.

Revaluation of Property, Plant and Equipment:

  • Whether the company has revalued its Property, Plant and Equipment (including Right of Use assets) or intangible assets or both during the year and,
  • If so, whether the revaluation is based on the valuation by a Registered Valuer; specify the amount of change, if change is 10% or more in the aggregate of the net carrying value of each class of Property, Plant and Equipment or intangible assets;

Proceedings for holding Benami Property:

  • Whether any proceedings have been initiated or are pending against the company for holding any benami property under the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988 and rules made thereunder,
  • If so, whether the company has appropriately disclosed the details in its financial statements.

(ii) Statutory Dues:

  • Whether the company is regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues including GST, provident fund, employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales-tax, service tax, duty of customs, duty of excise, value added tax,cess and any other statutory dues to the appropriate authorities and if not, the extent of the arrears of outstanding statutory dues as at the last day of the financial year concerned for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable, shall be indicated.
  • Where statutory dues referred above have not been deposited on account of any dispute, then the amounts involved and the forum where dispute is pending shall be mentioned.

Question 84.
“The company has raised funds by issuing fully convertible debentures. These funds were raised for the expansion and diversification of the business. However, the company utilized these funds for repayment of long term loans and advances.” Advise the auditor regarding requirements under CARO, 2020. [Nov. 18 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Reporting requirements under CARO, 2020:
Para 3(x) of CARO, 2020 requires the following:

  • Whether moneys raised by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year were applied for the purposes for which those are raised, if not,
  • The details together with delays or default and subsequent rectification, if any, as may be applicable, be reported.
  • In the instant case, company has raised funds by issuing fully convertible debentures. These funds were raised for the expansion and diversification of the business. However, the company utilized these funds for repayment of long-term loans and advances.

Conclusion: Auditor is required to report the fact that funds raised for the expansion and diversification
of the business by issue of fully convertible debentures were utilized for repayment of long term
loans and advances.

Question 85.
M Ltd. has given certain loans to related parties and also has accepted certain deposits. As an auditor, how you include the above items in paragraph 3 of CARO, 2020₹ [Nov. 19 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Reporting under CARO, 2020:
(i) Loans to related parties:
Whether during the year the company has granted any loans or advances in the nature of loans, secured or unsecured, to companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties, if so,
a. whether during the year the company has provided loans or provided advances in the nature of loans, if so, indicate-
i. the aggregate amount during the year, and balance out standing at the balance sheet date with respect to such loans or advances to subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates;
ii. the aggregate amount during the year, and balance outstanding at the balance sheet date with respect to such loans or advances to parties other than subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates;

b. whether the terms and conditions of the grant of all loans and advances in the nature of loans and guarantees provided are not prejudicial to the company’s interest;

c. in respect of loans and advances in the nature of loans, whether the schedule of repayment of principal and payment of interest has been stipulated and whether the repayments or receipts are regular;

d. if the amount is overdue, state the total amount overdue for more than 90 days, and whether reasonable steps have been taken by the company for recovery of the principal and interest;

e. whether any loan or advance in the nature of loan granted which has fallen due during the year, has been renewed or extended or fresh loans granted to settle the overdues of existing loans given to the same parties, if so, specify the aggregate amount of such dues renewed or extended or settled by fresh loans and the percentage of the aggregate to the total loans or advances in the nature of loans granted during the year [not applicable to companies whose principal business is to give loans];

f. whether the company has granted any loans or advances in the nature of loans either repayable on demand or without specifying any terms or period of repayment, if so, specify the aggregate amount, percentage thereof to the total loans granted, aggregate amount of loans granted to Promoters, related parties as defined in Sec. 2(76) of the Companies Act, 2013.

(ii) Public Deposits:
In case the company has accepted deposits from the public, Para 3(v) of CARO, 2020 requires the auditor to report the following:
(a) Whether the directives issued by the RBI and the provisions of sections 73 to 76 or any other relevant provisions of the Companies Act and the rules framed thereunder, where applicable, have been complied with. If not, the nature of contraventions be stated;

(b) If an order has been passed by Company Law Board or National Company Law Tribunal or Reserve Bank of India or any Court or any other Tribunal, whether the same has been complied with or not₹

Question 86.
Write short note on: Joint audit [Nov. 08 (5 Marks)]
Or
Explain the concept of Joint Audit. Discuss its advantages and Disadvantages. [May 11 (8 Marks)]
Or
Discuss the following: Advantages and Disadvantages of Joint Audit. [Nov. 14 (5 Marks)]
Or
The practice of appointing Chartered Accountants as joint auditors is quite widespread in big companies and corporations. Explain stating the advantages of the joint audit. [RTP-Nov. 19]
Answer:
Joint Audit – Meaning, Advantages and Disadvantages:
Meaning: Joint audit means that more than one firm/individuals is appointed as the Statutory Auditors of the company. It implies pooling together the resources and expertise of two or more firms to perform an expert job. SA 299 “Joint Audit of financial statements” deals with the professional responsibilities which the auditors undertake in accepting appointments as joint auditors.

Advantages:
(a) Poling and sharing of expertise.
(b) Better quality of work performance
(c) Advantage of mutual consultation.
(d) Improved services to client.
(e) Lower costs to carry out the audit work.
(f) Healthy competition towards a better performance

Disadvantages:
(a) Co-ordination problems in conduct of work.
(b) Lack of clear definition of responsibility.
(c) Different standings of joint auditee.
(d) Negligence of areas of common concern.
(e) Sharing of fees.
(f) Uncertainty about the liability for the work done.

Question 87.
A joint auditor is not bound by the views of the majority of the joint auditors regarding matters to be covered in the report, lustily this statement in the light of responsibilities of Joint Auditors under SA 299. [May 10 (5 Marks}]
Answer:
Reporting Responsibilities of Joint Auditor:
(a) The statement that a joint auditor is not bound by the views of the majority of the joint auditors regarding the matters to be covered in the report is true.

(b) SA 299 “Joint Audit of Financial Statements” provides the following in respect of reporting responsibilities of joint auditor:

  • Joint auditors are required to issue common audit report.
  • However, in case of any disagreement among joint auditors with regard to the opinion or any matters to be covered by the audit report, they shall express their opinion in a separate audit report.
  • A joint auditor is not bound by the views of the majority of the joint auditors regarding the opinion or matters to be covered in the audit report and shall express opinion formed by the said joint auditor in separate audit report in case of disagreement.
  • In case of separate reports, the audit report(s) issued by the joint auditor(s) shall make a reference to the separate audit report(s) issued by the other joint auditor(sj. Such reference shall be made under the heading “Other Matter Paragraph” as per SA 706

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 88.
Write short note on: Responsibilities of Joint Auditor.
Or
In joint Audit, “each joint auditor is responsible only for the work allocated to him”. [May 12 (5 Marks)]
Or
You have been appointed as an auditor of a company along with 2 other auditors. What steps would you like to take to ensure a smooth and effective audit? To what extent do you think you will be responsible in relation to the work performed by yours co-auditors and vice versa?
Or
Mention the points/areas in which all the joint auditors are jointly and severally responsible. [Nov. 15 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Areas of Joint Responsibility in case of Joint auditors:
SA 299 “Joint Audit of Financial Statements” deals with the responsibilities of joint auditors. Accordingly, in respect of audit work divided among the joint auditors, each joint auditor shall be responsible only for the work allocated to such joint auditor including proper execution of the audit procedures.
All the joint auditors shall be jointly and severally responsible for:
1. the audit work which is not divided among the joint auditors and is carried out by all joint auditors;

2. decisions taken by all the joint auditors under audit planning in respect of common audit areas concerning the NTE of the audit procedures to be performed by each of the joint auditors;

3. matters which are brought to the notice of the joint auditors by any one of them and on which there is an agreement among the joint auditors;

4. examining that the F.S. of the entity comply with the requirements of the relevant statutes;

5. presentation and disclosure of the F.S. as required by the applicable FRF;

6. ensuring that the audit report complies with the requirements of the relevant statutes, the applicable Standards on Auditing and the other relevant pronouncements issued by ICAI.
It shall be the responsibility of each joint auditor to determine the NTE of audit procedures to be applied in relation to the areas of work allocated to said joint auditor.
It is the individual responsibility of each joint auditor to study and evaluate the prevailing system of internal control and assessment of risk relating to the areas of work allocated to said joint auditor.

Question 89.
“Before the commencement of audit, the joint auditors should discuss and develop a joint audit plan.” Discuss the points to be considered in developing the joint audit plan by the joint auditors. [Nov. 19 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Points to be considered in developing the joint audit plan
As per SA 299 “Joint Audit of Financial Statements” Prior to the commencement of the audit, the
joint auditors shall discuss and develop a joint audit plan. In developing the joint audit plan, the
joint auditors shall:
(a) Identify division of audit areas and common audit areas amongst the joint auditors that define the scope of the work of each joint auditor;
(b) Ascertain the reporting objectives of the engagement to plan the timing of the audit and the nature of the communications required;
(c) Consider and communicate among all joint auditors the factors that, in their professional judgment, are significant in directing the engagement team’s efforts;
(d) Consider the results of preliminary engagement activities and, where applicable, whether knowledge gained on other or similar engagements performed earlier by the respective engagement partner(s) for the entity is relevant.
(e) Ascertain the NTE of resources necessary to perform the engagement.

Question 90.
X Ltd. has a branch office in Malaysia. The company has appointed Mr. X, who is qualified to audit accounts as per Malaysian laws. Mr. Z, the statutory auditor objects to the same, contending that he alone can audit the branch office accounts. Discuss.
Answer:
Eligibility criteria for appointment as Branch Auditor
As per Sec. 143(8) of the Companies Act, 2013, where the branch office is situated in a country outside India, the accounts of the branch office shall be audited either by the company’s auditor or by an accountant or by any other person duly qualified to act as an auditor of the accounts of the branch office in accordance with the laws of that country.

Hence, a company can appoint as auditor of a foreign branch an accountant duly qualified to act as an auditor in accordance with the laws of the foreign country.
Conclusion: Mr. Z contention that he alone can audit the branch office accounts is not valid.

Question 91.
When the accounts of the branch are audited by a person other than the company’s auditor, there is need for a clear understanding of the role of such auditor and the company’s auditor in relation to the audit of the accounts of the branch and the audit of the company as a whole. Explain. [RTP-Nov. 18, MTP-Oct. 20]
Answer:
Role and Responsibilities of Company Auditor and Branch Auditor:
SA 600 “Using the work of Another Auditor” establishes the standard when an auditor, reporting on the financial statements of a company, uses the work of another auditor on the financial information of one or more components included in the financial statements of the entity. There should be sufficient liaison between the principal auditor and the other auditor. SA 600 provides the following in this regard:

1. Where another auditor has been appointed for the component, the principal auditor would normally be entitled to rely upon the work of such auditor unless there are special circumstances to make it essential for him to visit the component and/or to examine the books of account and other records of the said component. Further, it requires that the principal auditor should perform procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence, that the work of the other auditor is adequate for the principal auditor’s purposes, in the context of the specific assignment.

2. When using the work of another auditor, the principal auditor should ordinarily perform the following procedures:
(a) advise the other auditor of the use that is to be made of the other auditor’s work and report and make sufficient arrangements for co-ordination of their efforts at the planning stage of the audit. The principal auditor would inform the other auditor of matters such as areas requiring special consideration, procedures for the identification of inter-component transactions that may require disclosure and the time-table for completion of audit; and
(b) advise the other auditor of the significant accounting, auditing and reporting requirements and obtain representation as to compliance with them.

3. The principal auditor might discuss with the other auditor the audit procedures applied or review a written summary of the other auditor’s procedures and findings which may be in the form of a completed questionnaire or check-list.

4. The principal auditor may also wish to visit the other auditor. The nature, timing and extent of procedures will depend on the circumstances of the engagement and the principal auditor’s knowledge of the professional competence of the other auditor. This knowledge may have been enhanced from the review of the previous audit work of the other auditor.

Question 92
Explain the audit procedure when principal auditor is using the work of another auditor. [Nov. 14 (8 Marks)]
Answer:
Audit Procedure when principal auditor is using the work of another auditor:
As per SA 600 “Using the work of Another Auditor” when the principal auditor is using the work of another auditor, he is supposed to perform the following:

(a) When principal auditor plans to use the work of another auditor, he should consider the professional competence of the other auditor in the context of specific assignment if the other auditor is not a member of the ICAI.

(b) The principal auditor should perform procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence, that the work of the other auditor is adequate for the principal auditor’s purposes, in the context of the specific assignment.

(c) The principal auditor should consider the significant findings of the other auditor.

(d) The principal auditor should document in his audit working papers the followings

  • Components audited by another;
  • Audit procedures adopted and results thereof;
  • Conclusion that particular component is not material;
  • Manner of dealing with modification in another auditor’s report

(e) When the principal auditor concludes, based on his procedures, that the work of the other auditor cannot be used and the principal auditor has not been able to perform sufficient additional procedures regarding the financial information of the component audited by the other auditor, the principal auditor should express a qualified opinion or disclaimer of opinion because there is a limitation on the scope of audit.

(f) When the principal auditor has to base his opinion on the financial information of the entity as a whole relying upon the statements and reports of the other auditors, his report should state clearly the division of responsibility for the financial information of the entity by indicating the extent to which the financial information of components audited by the other auditors have been included in the financial information of the entity.

Question 93.
There should be a sufficient liaison between a principal auditor and other auditors”. Discuss the above statement and state in this context the reporting consideration, when the auditor uses the professional work performed by other auditor.
Answer:
Coordination between Principal Auditor and Other Auditor:
SA 600 “Using the work of Another Auditor” applies in situation where an auditor [principal auditor), reporting on the financial information of an entity, uses the work of another auditor [other auditor) with respect to the financial information of one or more components included in the financial information ofthe entity. To ensure coordination among both of them, SA 600 provides the followings:
1. There should be sufficient liaison between the principal auditor and the other auditor.

2. For this purpose, the principal auditor may find it necessary to issue written communication(s) to the other auditor.

3. The other auditor, knowing the context in which his work is to be used by the principal auditor, should co-ordinate with the principal auditor.

  • Adhering to time-table.
  • Bringing to the attention of Principal auditor any significant finding.
  • Compliance with relevant statutory requirements.
  • Respond to detailed questionnaire.

Reporting Considerations:
1. When the principal auditor concludes, based on his procedures, that the work of the other auditor cannot be used,
2. The principal auditor has not been able to perform sufficient additional procedures regarding the financial information of the component audited by the other auditor, and
3. The principal auditor should express a qualified opinion or disclaimer of opinion because there is a limitation on the scope of audit.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 94.
ABC Ltd. is a company incorporated in India. It has branches within and outside India. Explain who can be appointed as an auditor of these branches within and outside India. Also explain to whom branch auditor is required to report. [RTP-May 20]
Answer:
Branch Auditor:
Sec. 143(8) of the Companies Act, 2013, prescribes the duties and powers of the company’s auditor with reference to the audit of the branch and the branch auditor. Accordingly, where a company has a branch office, the accounts of that office shall be audited by either of following:

  • the auditor appointed for the company, i.e. company auditor, or
  • any other person qualified for appointment as an auditor of the company under this Act, or
  • where the branch office is situated in a country outside India, the accounts of the branch office shall be audited either by the company’s auditor or by an accountant or by any other person duly qualified to act as an auditor of the accounts of the branch office in accordance with the laws of that country.

The branch auditor shall prepare a report on the accounts of the branch examined by him and send it to the auditor of the company who shall deal with it in his report in such manner as he considers necessary.
Rule 12 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, provides the following in relation to branch audit and branch auditor:
1. The duties and powers of the company’s auditor with reference to the audit of the branch and the branch auditor, if any, shall be as contained in sub-sections (1) to (4) of section 143.
2. The branch auditor shall submit his report to the company’s auditor.

Question 95.
RJ Limited is in the business of trading of cycles having Head Office at Delhi and branch at Mumbai. Statutory audit of Head Office was to be done by CA. D and statutory audit of branch at Mumbai was to be done by CA. M. During the course of audit by CA. D at head office, CA. D wanted to visit branch at Mumbai and verily the inventory records at Mumbai. The management of RJ Limited did not allow CA. D to visit Mumbai office and verify the inventory records as the branch audit of Mumbai was already being undertaken by another CA. M. In the above situation, discuss the rights available with CA. D in terms of the Companies Act, 2013. [Nov. 20 (3 Marks)]
Answer:
Right of Access of Company Auditor for Branch Records:

  • As per Sec. 143(8) of the Companies Act, 2013 the audit of the branches can be done by the company auditor himself or by another auditor. Even where, the branch accounts are audited, the company auditor has right to visit the branch if he deems it necessary to do so for the performance of his duties as auditor.
  • Company Auditor has also right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the company maintained at the branch office. He can appropriately deal with the report of the branch auditor in framing his main report. He will disclose how he had dealt with the branch audit report.
  • In this case, the audits of two branches were done by the company auditor and one branch was done by a separate branch auditor.

Conclusion: Management’s objection that the company auditor is transgressing the scope of audit areas agreed, is absolutely, wrong. The right of company auditor in visiting and accessing the records of branch cannot be forfeited. Even where the branch accounts are audited by another local auditor, the company auditor has right to visit the branch and can have access to the books and vouchers of the company maintained at the branch office.

Question 96.
Briefly discuss the following with respect to applicable provisions under the Companies Act, 2013 and rules made thereunder:
(a) Maintenance of Cost Records
(b) Applicability of Cost Audit
(c) Non-applicability of Cost Audit.
Answer:
Cost Records and Audit Provisions:
(a) Maintenance of Cost records: Sec. 148(1) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that the Central Government may, by order, in respect of such class of companies engaged in the production of such goods or providing such services as may be prescribed, direct that particulars relating to the utilisation of material or labour or to other items of cost as may be prescribed shall also be included in the books of account kept by that class of companies.
Rule 3 of Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014 provides that the specified class of companies, including foreign companies, engaged in the production of the goods or providing services, having an overall turnover from all its products and services of ₹ 35 Cr. or more during the immediately preceding financial year, shall include cost records for such products or services in their books of account.

A company which is classified as a micro enterprise or a small enterprise under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 are exempted from compliance of these provisions.

Specified Class of Companies are classified in two categories:
1. Regulated Sectors: It covers Telecommunication, Electricity, Petroleum and Gas, Drugs and Pharma, Fertilizers and Sugar
2. Non-Regulated Sectors: It includes a number of companies including those engaged in Arms and ammunitions, Steel, Rubber and Allied products, Coffee, tea, Cement etc.

(b) Applicability of Cost Audit:
Section 148(2) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that if the Central Government is of the opinion, that it is necessary to do so, it may, by order, direct that the audit of cost records of class of companies, which are covered under Sec. 148(1) and which have a net worth of such amount as may be prescribed or a turnover of such amount as may be prescribed, shall be conducted in the manner specified in the order.

Rule 4 of Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014 provides the following:

Regulated Sector Industries: Cost records are required to be audited if the overall annual turnover of the company from all its products and services during the immediately preceding financial year is ₹ 5 0 Cr. or more and the aggregate turnover of the individual product or products or service or services for which cost records are required to be maintained under rule 3 is ₹ 25 Cr. or more.

Non-Regulated Sectors: Cost records are required to be audited if the overall annual turnover of the company from all its products and services during the immediately preceding financial year is ₹ 100 Cr. or more and the aggregate turnover of the individual product or products or service or services for which cost records are required to be maintained under rule 3 is ₹ 35 Cr. or more.

(c) Non-Applicability of Cost Audit:
The requirement for cost audit under these rules shall not apply to a company which is covered in rule 3; and
(i) whose revenue from exports, in foreign exchange, exceeds seventy five per cent of its total revenue; or
(ii) which is operating from a special economic zone.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 97.
Elucidate the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 relating to submission of cost audit report to the Board and Central Government.
Answer:
Submission of Cost Audit report:

  • Every cost auditor, who conducts an audit of the cost records of a company, shall submit the cost audit report along with his or its reservations or qualifications or observations or suggestions, if any, in Form CRA-3.
  • Every cost auditor shall forward his duly signed report to the Board of Directors of the company within a period of 180 days from the closure of the financial year to which the report relates and the Board of Directors shall consider and examine such report particularly any reservation or qualification contained therein.
  • Every company covered under these rules shall, within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of a copy of the cost audit report, furnish the Central Government with such report along with full information and explanation on every reservation or qualification contained therein, in Form CRA-4 in XBRL format in specified manner along with specified fees.

Question 98.
Write short note on: Cost Audit. [May 05 (4 Marks)]
Answer:
Cost Audit:

  • Section 148(2) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that if the Central Government is of the opinion, that it is necessary to do so, it may, by order, direct that the audit of cost records of class of companies, which are covered under Sec. 148(1) and which have a net worth of such amount as may be prescribed or a turnover of such amount as may be prescribed, shall be conducted in the manner specified in the order. The audit conducted under this section shall be in addition to the audit conducted under section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The audit shall be conducted by a Cost Accountant in Practice who shall be appointed by the Board of such remuneration as may be determined by the members in such manner as may be prescribed. No person appointed under section 139 as an auditor of the company shall be appointed for conducting the audit of cost records.
  • The auditor conducting the cost audit shall comply with the cost auditing standards.
  • The report on the audit of cost records shall be submitted to the Board of Directors of the company and company shall within 30 days from the date of receipt of a copy of the cost audit report prepared furnish the Central Government with such report along with full information and explanation on every reservation or qualification contained therein.

Question 99.
“Mr. A is offered by ABC Ltd. for appointment as cost auditor and asked to certify certain requirements before such appointment.” Discuss those requirements with reference to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. [Nov. 18 (5 Marks)]
Answer:
Requirements as to Certificate from Cost Auditor:
As per Rule 6 of the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014, the Cost Auditor appointed
shall submit certificate that-
(a) the individual or the firm, as the case may be, is eligible for appointment and is not disqualified for appointment under the Act, the Cost and Works Accountants Act, 1959 and the Rules or regulations made thereunder.
(b) the individual or the firm, as the case may be, satisfies the criteria provided in Sec. 141, so far as may be applicable.
(c) the proposed amendment is within the limits laid down by or under the authority of the Act.
(d) the list of proceedings against the cost auditor or audit firm or any partner of the audit firm pending with respect to professional matters of conduct, as disclosed in the certificate, is true and correct.

Objective Type Questions – Correct/Incorrect

Question 1.
Where at any AGM, no auditor is appointed or re-appointed, the existing auditor shall continue be the auditor of the company.
Answer:
Statement is correct.

  • As per section 139(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, where at any AGM, no auditor is appointed or re-appointed, the existing auditor shall continue to be the auditor of the company.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 2.
If the auditor appointed at the AGM refuses to accept the same, the Company can appoint another person by holding General Meeting. [May 07 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect:

  • If the auditor appointed at the AGM refuses to accept the same, it will be held that no auditor is appointed at the AGM.
  • Sec. 139(10) of Companies Act, 2013 will apply which provides that if no auditor is appointed at AGM, the existing auditor will continue to be the auditor of the company.

Question 3.
Government companies are also to be considered for the ceiling on number of audits. [Nov. 07 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct. Section 141(3)(g) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that a person is not eligible to be appointed as auditor of a company if he is in full time employment elsewhere or a person or a partner of a firm holding appointment as its auditor, if such persons or partner is at the date of such appointment or reappointment holding appointment as auditor of more than 20 Companies other than one person company, dormant companies, small companies and private companies having paid up share capital less than 100 Crores.

Question 4.
If appointment of a person as an auditor is void-ab-initio, it should be treated as a casual vacancy. [Nov. 07 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • If appointment of a person as an auditor is void-ab-initio, it should not be treated as a casual vacancy.
  • Sec. 139(10) of Companies Act, 2013 will apply which provides that if no auditor is appointed at AGM, the existing auditor will continue to be the auditor of the company.

Question 5.
An auditor can be appointed as first auditor of a newly formed company simply because his name has been stated in the Articles of Association. [May 08 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Section 139(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down that “the first auditor or auditors of a company shall be appointedby the Board of directors within 30 days from the date of registration of the company”.
  • In the case of failure of the Board to appoint first auditor, it shall inform the members of the company, who shall within 90 days at an EGM shall appoint the auditor.

Question 6.
C.A. Mr. X is the Auditor of PQ Ltd. in which one of his relative is having substantial interest, whether Mr. X is qualified to be an Auditor₹ [Nov. 08 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 141 disqualifies a person to be appointed as auditor if he or his relative or his partner is holding any security in the company. However relative may hold securities of face value not exceeding ₹ 1 Lac. Assuming that the interest of the relative exceeds face value of ₹ 1 Lac, Mr. X is disqualified.
  • Further as per provisions of Chartered Accountant Act, 1949, a CA will be considered as guilty of professional misconduct if he expresses any opinion on the financial statements of an entity in which he or his partner or his relative has substantial interest.

Question 7.
An Auditor may be removed from Office before the expiry of his term, by the company in General Meeting. [Nov. 08 (2 Marks)]
or
The first auditor appointed by the board of directors can be removed by the board at its subsequent meeting. [Nov. 07 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per Sec. 140(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, an auditor appointed u/s 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by a special resolution of the company, after obtaining the prior approval of the Central Government.
  • For this purpose, an application to the Central Government for removal of auditor shall be made in Form ADT-2 and shall be accompanied with prescribed fees.
  • The application shall be made to the Central Government within thirty days of the resolution passed by the Board.

Question 8.
An auditor of a company in which not less than 25% of authorized capital is held by public financial institution is to be appointed by a special resolution in general meeting. [June 09 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • There is no special provision under the Companies Act, 2013, as to the requirement of special resolution for appointment of auditor of a company in which not less than 25% of authorized capital is held by public financial institution.
  • Appointment will be made as per the requirement of section 139(1) of Companies Act, 2013, which does not require any special resolution.

Question 9.
While conducting audit of Government Companies, the auditors are paid their Professional Fees as prescribed by the Government. [May 10 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per sec. 142(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, the fees of auditors of a company is fixed by the company in its general meeting or in such a manner as the company in general meeting may determine.

Question 10.
Audit Committee is to be formed by each and every company and the auditor has no compulsion to attend the meeting of the Audit Committee. [May 10 (2 Mhrks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per sec. 177 of the Companies Act, 2013 Audit committee is to be formed by every listed companies, all public companies with a paid up capital of ₹ 10 Cr. or more, all public companies having turnover of ₹ 100 Cr. or more, all public companies having in aggregate, outstanding loans or borrowings or debentures or deposits exceeding ₹ 50 Cr. or more.
  • Further, the Auditor shall have the right to be heard in the meetings of the Audit Committee when it considers the Auditor’s Report but shall not have the right to vote.

Question 11.
The auditor should study the Memorandum and Articles of Association to see the validity of his appointment. [May 10. Nov. 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Memorandum of Association lays down the object to be carried on and Articles of Associations reflects the regulations of the company to govern its internal management and to regulate the rights of the members.
  • Auditor should ascertain whether the company has complied with provisions of sections 139 and 140 to ensure validity of his appointment.

Question 12.
A casual vacancy caused by resignation of the auditor can be filled by the Board of Directors. [Nov. 09 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per sec. 139(8) of Companies Act, 2013, casual vacancy caused by the resignation of an auditor cannot be filled in by the Board of Directors itself.
  • Such appointment shall also be approved by the company at general meeting convened within three months of the recommendation of the board and the auditor so appointed shall hold office till the conclusion of the next annual general meeting.

Question 13.
Comment on the following: AGM is not held in time, auditor automatically vacates his office. [May 13 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is false.

  • Section 139(1) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that an auditor is appointed for a particular period, i.e., from conclusion of one AGM until conclusion of the 6th AGM subject to ratification of such appointment at every AGM.
  • In case the AGM is not held within the period prescribed, the auditor will continue in office till the AGM is actually held and concluded.
  • Therefore, auditor shall continue to hold office till the conclusion of the AGM. Auditor’s office is not vacated automatically if AGM is not held in time.

Question 14.
Rajat, an Auditor recovers his fees on progressive basis is said to be indebted to the company. [Nov. 13 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • If the auditor recovers fees from the company on a progressive basis, even though the audit has not been completed he cannot be said to be indebted to the company.
  • Only when the auditor recovers the fees as an advance, he will be said to be indebted to the company and attracts disqualification u/s 141(3)(d)(z7) of Companies Act, 2013.

Question 15.
The first auditor of PQR Ltd., a Government Company was appointed by the board of directors of company. fNov. 13 (2 Marks)!
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 139(7] of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that the first auditor of a Government Company shall be appointed by the CAG.
  • Board of Directors appoints first auditors in case of other companies as per sec. 139(6] of Companies Act, 2013.

Question 16.
Mr. ‘R’, a practicing Chartered Accountant, is appointed as a “Tax Consultant” of MN Ltd., in which his father Mr. ‘C is the managing director. [Nov. 13 (2 Marks]]
Answer:
Appointment is valid.

  • A member of the ICAI will be held guilty of professional misconduct if he or partner of his firm or their relatives hold substantial interest in an enterprise and he expresses his opinion on the F.S. of such enterprise.
  • In this case, Mr. R is a “Tax Consultant” and not a “Statutory Auditor” of ABC Ltd., hence he is not disqualified to be appointed as tax consultant.

Question 17.
Audit of Private Limited Companies are to be excluded while calculating ceiling on number of audits. [Nov. 13 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 141 (3]Cg] of Companies Act, 2013 does not exclude audit of private limited companies while calculating ceiling on number of audits.

Question 18.
The Board of Directors can fill the casual vacancy caused by resignation of an auditor, who shall hold office until the conclusion of the next AGM. [May 14 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per sec. 139(8] of Companies Act, 2013, casual vacancy caused by the resignation of an auditor cannot be filled in by the Board of Directors itself.
  • Such appointment shall also be approved by the company at general meeting convened within three months of the recommendation of the board and the auditor so appointed shall hold office till the conclusion of the next annual general meeting.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 19.
The first Auditor is generally appointed by the company at a General Meeting. [Nov. 14(2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect:

  • As per section 139(6) of the Companies Act, 2013, the first auditor(s) of a company shall be appointed by the Board of Directors within 30 days from the date of registration of the company.
  • General Meeting is authorized to appoint the subsequent auditor u/s 139(1).

Question 20.
The first auditor of a Government Company was appointed by the Board in its meeting after 10 days from the date of registration. [May 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per section 139(7] of the Companies Act, 2013, the first auditor of a government company shall be appointed by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India within 60 days from the date of registration of the company.
  • If CAG does not appoint the first auditor within 60 days, the Board shall appoint in next 30 days.

Question 21.
Director’s relative can act as an auditor of the company. [May 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect:
As per section 141(3) of the Companies Act, 2013, a person shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor of a company whose relative is a Director or is in the employment of the Company as a director or key Managerial Personnel.

Question 22.
If an LLP (Limited Liability Partnership Firm) is appointed as an auditor of a company, every partner of a firm shall be authorized to act as an auditor. [May 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect:
As per section 141(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, where a firm including a limited liability partnership (LLP) is appointed as an auditor of a company, only the partners who are Chartered Accountants shall be authorised to act and sign on behalf of the firm.

Question 23.
AB & Co. is an audit firm having partners Mr. A and Mr. B Mr. C, the relative of Mr. B is holding se-curities having face value of₹ 2,00,000 in XYZ Ltd. AB & Co. is qualified for an auditor of XYZ Ltd. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 141(3)(d)(i) of the Companies Act, 2013, disqualifies a person to be appointed as auditor of a company if the person or his relative or his partner is holding securities in the company. However Relative may hold securities of face value up to ₹ 1,00,000.
  • AB & Co. is disqualified to be appointed as auditor of XYZ Ltd. as relative of Mr. B, the partner of the AB & Co. is holding securities of face value of₹ 2,00,000.

Question 24.
Manner of rotation of auditor will not be applicable to company A, which is having paid up share capital of ₹ 15 crores and having public borrowing from nationalized bank of ₹ 50 crore because it is a Private Limited Company. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks), RTP-May 18]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Provisions related with rotation of auditors are applicable in case of private companies having paid up capital of ₹ 20 Crore or more and to companies having paid up capital below ₹ 20 Crore, but having public borrowings from financial institutions, banks or public deposits of ₹ 5 0 Crore or More.
  • In the instant case, as borrowings is of ₹ 50 Crore, provisions related with rotation of auditors are applicable.

Question 25.
Managing director of A Ltd. himself appointed the first auditor of the company. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks), MTP-Oct. 19]
Or
Managing Director of Pigeon Ltd. himself wants to appoint CA. Champ, a practicing Chartered Accountant, as first auditor of the company. [MTP-May 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 139(6) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that the first auditor of the company is to be appointed by the Board of Directors within 30 days of registration of the company. If the Board fails, members shall within 90 days appoint the auditor in EGM. In case of Government company, the first auditor is to be appointed by CAG of India.
  • Appointment of first auditor by the managing director is not correct.

Question 26.
A Chartered Accountant holding securities of S Ltd. having face value of ₹ 950 is qualified for appointment as an auditor of S Ltd. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 141(3)(d)(z) of the Companies Act, 2013, disqualifies a person to be appointed as auditor of a company if the person or his relative or his partner is holding securities in the company.
    Chartered accountant is disqualified to be appointed as auditorofS Ltd. as he is holding securities of face value of ₹ 950.

Question 27.
Mr. N, a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountant of England and Wales, is qualified to be appointed as auditor of Indian Companies. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per Section 141(1) of Companies Act, 2013, a person shall be eligible to be appointed as auditor of an Indian company only if he is a Chartered Accountant. Chartered Accountant implies the member of Institute of Chartered Accountant of India holding certificate of practice.
  • Mr. N, member of Institute of Chartered Accountant of England and Wales is disqualified to be appointed as auditor of Indian companies.

Question 28.
The first auditors of a Government Company were appointed by the Board of Directors. [May 16 (2 Marks))
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Section 139(7) of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down that in the case of a Government company the first auditor shall be appointed by the CAG of India within 60 days of registration of the company.
  • In case the CAG of India does not appoint such auditor within the said period, the BOD of the company shall appoint such auditor within the next 30 days.
  • In the case of failure of the Board to appoint such auditor within the next 30 days, it shall inform the members of the company who shall appoint such auditor within the 60 days at an EGM.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 29.
Mr. Pawan, a practicing Chartered Accountant, is appointed as “Tax-Consultant” of ABC Ltd., in which his father. Mr. Singh is Managing Director. [May 16 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.

  • Sec. 141(3)(f) of Companies Act, 2013 disqualifies a person to be appointed as auditor whose relative is a director or is in employment of the company as a director or key managerial personnel.
  • However no such disqualification is prescribed under the law for appointing a person as a tax consultant, therefore sec. 141(3)(f) will not be attracted.
  • Mr. Pawan can be appointed as a tax consultant irrespective that his father is the managing director of the company.

Question 30.
Central Government permission is required when auditors are to be removed before expiry of their term, but not so when auditors are changed after expiry of their term. [Nov. 16 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.
Removal of auditor before expiry of his term is a serious matter and may adversely affect his independence. Hence, the permission of the Central Government is required when auditors are removed before expiry of their term and the same is not needed when they are not re-appointed after expiry of their term.
Chartered accountant is disqualified to be appointed as auditor of S Ltd. as he is holding securities of face value of₹ 950.

Question 31.
If the Board of Directors fails to appoint the first auditor in case of a company other than a Govern- | ment Company, then the Central Government shall appoint the auditor. [May 17 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per section 139(6) of Companies Act, 2013, in case of non-government companies, if Board fails to appoint the first auditor, it shall inform the members of the company, who shall within 90 days at an EGM shall appoint the auditor.

Question 32.
If LLP is appointed as an auditor of a company, every partner of a firm shall be authorized to act as an auditor. [RTP-May 18]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per section 141(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, where a firm including LLP is appointed as an auditor of a company, only the partners who are Chartered Accountants shall be authorised to act and sign on behalf of the firm.

Question 33.
PQR & CO., Chartered Accountants, resigned from the audit of a government company and filed the resignation with the company and the registrar within 30 days. Comment, whether PQR & CO. has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. [May 18 (2 Marks), MTP-April 19]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 140(2) of Companies Act, 2013, in case of Govt, companies or Govt, owned/controlled companies, the auditor shall also file statement of resignation with the Comptroller and Auditor General of India, indicating the reasons and other facts as may be relevant with regard to his resignation.

Question 34.
K Ltd., a non-government company, was incorporated on 01.10.2017. Mr. B, managing Director of K Ltd., himself appointed the first auditor of the company on 31.12.2017. [May 18 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • AsperSec. 139(6) of Companies Act, 2013, the first auditor of a company, other than a Government company, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. The appointment shall be made within 30 days from the date of registration of the company.
  • In the case of failure of the Board to appoint first auditor, it shall inform the members of the company, who shall within 90 days at an EGM shall appoint the auditor.

Question 35.
The Board of Director of ABC Ltd., a listed company at Bombay Stock Exchange, is required to fill the casual vacancy of an auditor only after taking into account the recommendations of the audit committee. [Nov. 18 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct:
As per Sec. 139(11) of Companies Act, 2013, where a company is required to constitute an Audit Committee u/s 177, all appointments, including the filling of a casual vacancy of an auditor under Sec. 139 shall be made after taking into account the recommendations of such committee.

Question 36.
Any partner of an LLP, who is appointed as an auditor of a company, can sign the audit report. [Nov. 18 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 141(2) of Companies Act, 2013, where a firm including a LLP is appointed as an auditor of a company, only the partners who are CA shall be authorised to act and sign on behalf of the firm.

Question 37.
Where the firm of appointed as an auditor of the entity the audit report is signed only in the name of audit firm. [May 19 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • AsperSec. 145 of the Companies Act, 2013, the person appointed as an auditor of the company shall sign the auditor’s report or sign or certify any other document of the company, in accordance with the provisions of section 141(2). Sec. 141(2) of the Companies Act, 2013 states that where a firm including a LLP is appointed as an auditor of a company, only the partners who are chartered accountants shall be authorised to act and sign on behalf of the firm.
  • As per SA 700 “Forming an Opinion and Reporting on Financial Statements” where the firm is appointed as the auditor, the report is signed in the personal name of the auditor and in the name of the audit firm.

Question 38.
Bhartiya Gas Ltd. a Government Company, the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall, in respect of a financial year, appoint an auditor duly qualified to be appointed as an auditor of companies under this Act, within a period of 180 days from the end of the financial year, who shall hold office till the end of the next financial year. [May 19 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
In the case of a Government company, the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall, in respect of a financial year, appoint an auditor duly qualified to be appointed as an auditor of companies under this Act, within a period of 180 days from the commencement of the financial year, who shall hold office till the conclusion of the annual general meeting.

Question 39.
As per Section 139(6), the first auditor of a company, including a Government company, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors within 60 days from the date of registration of the company. [RTP-Nov. 19]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 139(6) of the Companies Act, 2013, the first auditor of a company, other than a Government company, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors within 30 days from the date of registration of the company.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 40.
As per section 140(2) of the Act, the auditor who has resigned from the company need not inform the Registrar of Companies. [RTP-Nov. 19]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 140(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, the auditor who has resigned from the company shall file within a period of 30 days from the date of resignation, a statement in the prescribed Form ADT-3 (as per Rule 8 of CAAR) with the company and the Registrar.

Question 41.
CA. K has resigned as auditor, after 2 months from appointment of NML Ltd. He needs to file ADT-3 with the Registrar within 60 days from the date of resignation. [Nov. 19 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 140(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, the auditor who has resigned from the company shall file within a period of 30 days from the date of resignation, a statement in the Form ADT-3 with the company and the Registrar.

Question 42.
All public companies, having in aggregate, outstanding loans or borrowings or debentures or deposits exceeding hundred crore rupees or more shall constitute an Audit Committee. [RTP-May 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 177 of Companies Act, 2013, all public companies, having in aggregate, outstanding loans or borrowings or debentures or deposits exceeding fifty crore rupees or more shall constitute an Audit Committee.

Question 43.
According to Section 140(1), the auditor appointed under section 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by a general resolution of the company. [RTP-May 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 140(1), the auditor appointed u/s 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by a special resolution of the company, after obtaining the previous approval of the Central Government in that behalf as per Rule 7 of CAAR, 2014.

Question 44.
As per sub-section (5) of the section 140, the Tribunal cannot direct the company to change its auditors. [RTP-May 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 140(5), the Tribunal either suo motu or on an application made to it by the Central Government or by any person concerned, if it is satisfied that the auditor of a company has, whether directly or indirectly, acted in a fraudulent manner or abetted or colluded in any fraud by, or in relation to, the company or its directors or officers, it may, by order, direct the company to change its auditors.

Question 45.
Audit committee is to be constituted by every public company to ensure better standards of corporate governance. [MTP-Oct. 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per Sec. 177 of Companies Act, 2013 audit committee is to be constituted by every listed public company and following classes of public companies only:

  • the Public Companies having paid up share capital of₹ 10 crore or more; or
  • the Public Companies having turnover of ₹ 100 crore; or
  • the Public Companies which have, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, exceeding ₹ 50 crore.

Question 46.
The term “relative”, as defined under the Companies Act, 2013, means anyone who is closely related to another. [RTP-Nov. 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
The term “relative”, as defined under the Companies Act, 2013, means anyone who is related to another as members of a Hindu Undivided Family; husband and wife; Father (including step- father), Mother (including step-mother), Son (including step-son), Son’s wife, Daughter, Daughter’s husband, Brother (including step-brother), Sister (including step-sister).

Question 47.
According to Section 140(1), the auditor appointed under section 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by passing a Board resolution. [RTP-Nov. 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
According to Section 140(1), the auditor appointed under section 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only by a special resolution of the company, after obtaining the previous approval of the Central Government in that behalf as per Rule 7 of CAAR, 2014

Question 48.
Auditor’s lien on his client’s books and record is not unconditional. [May 07 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.
Auditor’s lien is subject to following conditions:

  • Documents must belong to the client who owes the money.
  • These documents must come to the possession of the auditor on the client’s authority.
  • The auditor can retain such documents, only if he has done work on such documents, on which fees have not been paid.

Question 49.
The auditor of a company is entitled to attend any General Meeting of the company as his duty. [Nov. 08 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.
Section 146 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires the auditor of a company to attend either by himself or through his qualified authorised representative to attend the general meeting, unless exempted. Company is required to forward all notices and other communications relating to any general meeting of a company to the auditor.

Auditor shall have right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as an auditor.

Question 50
Mr. X, a Chartered Accountant, is an employee of M/s M & N Co., a firm of Chartered Accountants of India. The firm is the Auditors of ABC & Co. Ltd. After auditing the accounts of the Company the Auditor firm allowed Mr. X, their employee, to sign the audit report which he did. [Nov. 09 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • An employee Chartered Accountant cannot sign the auditor’s report on behalf of the auditing firm.
  • Only a partner in the firm can sign the audit report in compliance with the provisions of sec. 145 read with section 141(2) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Question 51.
It is the responsibility of the Auditor to ensure that statement of profit and Loss and Balance Sheet of the company shall comply with the Accounting Standards. [Nov. 14 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect:

  • As per section 143(3) of Companies Act, 2013, it is the duty of the auditor to report whether, in his opinion, the financial statements comply with the accounting standards.
  • To ensure that statement of profit and loss and balance sheet of the company comply with the accounting standards is the responsibility of the company.

Question 52
C&AG orders to conduct test audit of the accounts of a Government company. [May 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.
As per Sec. 143(7) of Companies Act, 2013, CAG may in case of government company, if he considers necessary, by an order cause test audit to be conducted of the accounts of such company.

Question 53.
The auditor of A Ltd. Company wanted to refer to the minute books during audit but boards of directors refused to show the minute books to the auditors. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 141(3) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that every auditor of a company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the company, whether kept at the registered office of the company or at any other place.
  • The term ‘books of account and vouchers’ includes all books which have any bearing, or are likely to have any bearing on the accounts, whether these be the usual financial books or the statutory or statistical books.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 54.
The auditor has to report to Central Govt, within 90 days of his knowledge of an offence involving fraud. [Nov. 15 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Sec. 141(12) of Companies Act, 2013 provides that if an auditor of a company, in the course of the performance of his duties as auditor, has reason to believe that an offence of fraud which involves an amount of ₹ 1 Cr. or above is being or has been committed against the company by officers or employees of the company, he shall report the matter to the CG.
  • Rule 13 of Companies [Audit and Auditor’s) Rules, 2014 provides that auditor shall report to the Board or the Audit Committee immediately but not later than 2 days of his knowledge of fraud, seeking their reply within 45 days.
  • On receipt of reply, he shall forward his report to the Central Government within 15 days from the receipt of such reply.

Question 55.
The members of XYZ Ltd. preferred a complaint against the auditor stating that he has failed to send the auditor’s report to them. [May 16 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 lays down the powers and duties of auditor. As per provisions of the law, it is no part of the auditor’s duty to send a copy of his report to members of the company.
  • In case of Allen Graig and Company [London) Ltd., it was held that duty of the auditor after having signed the report to be annexed to a balance sheet is confined only to forwarding that report to the secretary of the company. It will be for the secretary or the director to convene a general meeting and send the balance sheet and report to the members [or other person) entitled to receive it.

Question 56.
Auditor’s right of lien is unconditional. [Nov. 16 [2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is not correct.
Auditor’s lien is subject to following conditions:

  • Documents must belong to the client who owes the money.
  • These documents must come to the possession of the auditor on the client’s authority.
  • The auditor can retain such documents, only if he has done work on such documents, on which fees have not been paid.

Question 57.
Fraud against the company shall be reported by the auditor to the Central Government within 45 days of his knowledge, [May 17 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per Rule 13 of Companies [Audit & Auditor’s) Rules, 2014, the auditor shall report the fraud to the CG within 15 days of reply received from the Board or Audit Committee, as the case may be.
  • In case auditor does not receive any reply within the stipulated period of 45 days, he shall forward his report to the CG within next 15 days.

Question 58.
The auditor has to report under section 143 of Companies Act, 2013whether company has adequate internal controls in place and overall effectiveness of such internal controls. [MTP-Oct. 20]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.

  • As per Sec. 143 of the Companies Act, 2013, auditor has to report whether the company has adequate internal financial controls with reference to financial statements in place and operating effectiveness of such controls.
  • The auditor has to report on adequacy and effectiveness of internal financial controls only and not internal controls.

Question 59.
CARO, 2020 does not apply to a foreign company. [May 13 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
CARO, 2020 applies to all companies including foreign companies except Banking, Insurance, Sec. 8 Companies, One Person Company, Small Companies and Private Ltd, companies subject to certain conditions.

Question 60.
CARO, 2020 shall not apply to a Private Limited Company whose paid up capital and reserves are not more than ₹ 50 Lacs. [May 14 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.
CARO, 2020 is not applicable over a private limited company, not being a subsidiary or holding of a public company, if following conditions are satisfied:

  • having a Paid up capital & Reserves & Surplus not more than ₹ 1 Cr. as on the balance sheet date, and
  • which does not have total borrowings exceeding ₹ 1 Cr. from any bank or financial institution at any point of time during the financial year, and
  • which does not have a total revenue as disclosed in Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013 (including revenue from discontinuing operations) exceeding ₹₹0 Cr. during the financial year as per the financial statements.

Question 61.
Provisions of Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020, apply to clubs, chambers of commerce, research institutes etc., which have been established under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013. [Nov. 09 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is Incorrect.
CARO, 2020 applies to all companies including foreign companies except Banking, Insurance, sec. 8 Companies, One Person Company, Small Companies and Private Ltd. companies subject to certain conditions.

Question 62.
CARO 2020 is also applicable to the audit of branch of a company, except where the company is exempt from the applicability of the order.
Answer:
Statement is correct.
Provisions of CARO are equally applicable in case of branches also, because under sec. 143(8), a branch auditor has same duties as of company auditor.

Question 63.
Provision of CARO, 2020 is not applicable to ABC Pvt. Ltd., a subsidiary of XYZ Ltd. (a public company) having fully paid Capital and Reserves & Surplus of ₹ 50 lakhs, Secured loan from bank of ₹ 90 Lakhs and Turnover of ₹ 5 Crore, for the financial year 2020-21. [Nov. 19 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
CARO, 2020 is not applicable over a private limited company, not being a subsidiary or holding of a public company, if following conditions are satisfied:

  • having a paid-up capital & Reserves & Surplus not more than ₹ 1 Cr. as on the balance sheet date, and
  • which does not have total borrowings exceeding ₹ 1 Cr. from any bank or financial institution at any point of time during the financial year, and
  • which does not have a total revenue as disclosed in Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013 (including revenue from discontinuing operations) exceeding ₹ 10 Cr. during the financial year as per the financial statements.
    In this case, CARO is applicable as ABC Pvt. Ltd is a subsidiary of another public company.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 64.
Internal auditor of the company cannot also be its cost auditor. [Nov. 07 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.

  • Cost auditor should not be the internal auditor of a company for the period for which he is conducting the cost audit.
  • If the cost auditor is also the internal auditor, he would not be able to discharge his duties properly.

Question 65.
Comment on the following: ABC Ltd. having turnover of ₹ 100 crores during financial year 2015-16, need not get its branch audited whose turnover is ₹ 1.5 crores during the same year. [May 13 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
As per section 143(8) of Companies Act, 2013 where a company has a branch office, the accounts of that office shall be audited by either of following:

  • the auditor appointed for the company, i.e. company auditor, or
  • any other person qualified for appointment as an auditor of the company under this Act, or
  • where the branch office is situated in a country outside India, the accounts of the branch office shall be audited either by the company’s auditor or by an accountant or by any other person duly qualified to act as an auditor of the accounts of the branch office in accordance with the laws of that country.

Question 66.
A joint auditor is not bound by the views of the majority of the joint auditors regarding matters to be covered in the auditor’s report. [May 17 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is correct.
SA 299 “Joint Audit of financial statements” provides the following in respect of reporting responsibilities of joint auditor:

  • Normally, the joint auditors are able to arrive at an agreed report.
  • However, where the joint auditors are in disagreement with regard to any matters to be covered by the report, each one of them should express his own opinion through a separate report.
  • A joint auditor is not bound by the views of the majority of the joint auditors regarding matters to be covered in the report and should express his opinion in a separate report in case of a disagreement.

Question 67.
Joint auditor is always bound by the views of majority of the joint auditors regarding matters to be covered in report. [May 19 (2 Marks)]
Answer:
Statement is incorrect:
SA 299 “Joint Audit of Financial Statements” provides that a joint auditor is not bound by the views of the majority of the joint auditors regarding matters to be covered in the report and should express his opinion in a separate report in case of a disagreement.

The Company Audit – CA Inter Audit Notes

Question 68.
Rule 3 of the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rule, 2014 provides the classes of companies, engaged in the production of goods of providing services, having an overall turnover of Rs. 25 crore or more during the immediately preceding financial year, required to include cost records in their books of account. [May 19 (2 MarksJl
Answer:
Statement is incorrect.
Rule 3 of the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rule, 2014, provides that for the purposes of Sec. 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, the specified class of companies, including foreign companies, engaged in the production of the goods or providing services, having an overall turnover from all its products and services of ₹ 35 Cr. or more during the immediately preceding financial year, shall include cost records for such products or services in their books of account.